WO2018043416A1 - Printing method, inkjet ink and colored fabric - Google Patents

Printing method, inkjet ink and colored fabric Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018043416A1
WO2018043416A1 PCT/JP2017/030768 JP2017030768W WO2018043416A1 WO 2018043416 A1 WO2018043416 A1 WO 2018043416A1 JP 2017030768 W JP2017030768 W JP 2017030768W WO 2018043416 A1 WO2018043416 A1 WO 2018043416A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
dye
polymer
ink
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/030768
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
藤江 賀彦
征夫 谷
未奈子 原
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2018537264A priority Critical patent/JPWO2018043416A1/en
Publication of WO2018043416A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018043416A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • C09B67/0085Non common dispersing agents
    • C09B67/009Non common dispersing agents polymeric dispersing agent
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M5/00Duplicating or marking methods; Sheet materials for use therein
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/103Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing a diaryl- or triarylmethane dye
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/106Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing an azo dye
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/109Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing other specific dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/32Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • C09D11/328Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents characterised by dyes
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P5/00Other features in dyeing or printing textiles, or dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a printing method, a printed material manufacturing method, an inkjet ink, an ink cartridge, a printed material, and a colored cloth.
  • the ink jet recording method is a method of performing printing by ejecting small droplets of ink from a fine nozzle head, causing them to fly, and adhering to a substrate.
  • This ink jet recording method is characterized in that a high-resolution and high-quality image can be printed at high speed.
  • water-based inks using pigments or dyes as colorants are widely used.
  • Water-based inks are excellent in terms of safety and environmental problems, but have a problem that bleeding tends to occur when printing on high-quality paper or plain paper.
  • the printed ink cannot be fixed on a recording medium that does not absorb ink, for example, a polymer resin film, earthenware, or a glass substrate.
  • an aqueous photocurable ink containing a colorant, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator has been proposed.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a water-based ink composition containing a color material, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • Patent Document 2 describes an ink composition for textile printing containing a dye, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • Patent Document 3 describes an ink-jet ink containing a polymer having a specific structure in which a specific dye is linked to a polymer skeleton.
  • Patent Document 4 describes an ink-jet ink containing polyurethane having a colorant structure.
  • inks using conventionally known pigments have a problem that the color developability of the ink and the friction resistance of the obtained image are insufficient.
  • an operation such as so-called pinning, which is irradiated with light such as ultraviolet rays, may be performed, but the affinity between the pigment and the polymerizable compound is low, and the pigment is used during photocuring.
  • the problem of the occurrence of non-uniform aggregation has not been sufficiently solved.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a printing method and a printed matter manufacturing method that have good color developability and friction resistance and excellent pinning properties.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an inkjet ink, an ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink, a printed matter, and a colored cloth that can provide a printed matter having good color development and friction resistance and excellent pinning properties. That is.
  • the present inventors have conducted intensive research and used an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye, a polymerizable compound, and an ink containing a polymerization initiator, It has been found that a printed matter excellent in pinning property, color developability and friction resistance can be obtained by a method of printing on a substrate by an ink jet method. In addition, when the substrate is a fabric, it has been found that fastness such as washing resistance, sweat resistance, friction resistance, and dry cleaning resistance of the obtained image is remarkably improved.
  • the dye polymer has a structure derived from a dye, has excellent color developability, and since it is a polymer, it has excellent compatibility with a polymerizable compound and has good pinning properties.
  • the object of the present invention has been achieved by the following means.
  • a printing method comprising the following steps (A) and (B).
  • the printing method as described in ⁇ 1> including a process (C) heat processing process.
  • ⁇ 3> The printing method according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the substrate is a fabric.
  • ⁇ 4> The printing method according to ⁇ 2>, wherein the temperature of the heat treatment in the step (C) is 50 ° C. or higher and lower than 250 ° C.
  • ⁇ 5> Any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the dye polymer (P) in the aqueous dispersion is a particulate dye polymer, and the average particle diameter of the particulate dye polymer is 50 to 500 nm.
  • ⁇ 6> The printing method according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the dye polymer (P) has a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 to 200,000.
  • P dye polymer
  • a printed matter having an image containing a dye polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a polymer different from the dye polymer on at least a part of the surface of the substrate.
  • a colored cloth having an image containing a dye polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a polymer different from the dye polymer on at least a part of the surface of the cloth.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a printing method and a printed matter manufacturing method that are excellent in pinning property, coloring property, and friction resistance.
  • the inkjet ink which can provide the printed matter excellent in pinning property, coloring property, and abrasion resistance, the ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink, printed matter, and a colored cloth can be provided. .
  • a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • “(meth) acrylate” represents at least one of acrylate and methacrylate
  • “(meth) acryl” represents at least one of acryl and methacryl
  • “(meth) acryloyl” represents at least acryloyl and methacryloyl. Represents a kind.
  • the printing method of the present invention is a printing method including the following steps (A) and (B).
  • P dye polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator
  • Step (A) is a step of applying an inkjet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer (P), a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator to the substrate by an inkjet method.
  • Step (B) is a light irradiation step. More specifically, the step (B) is formed by inkjet ink by irradiating light (typically actinic rays) to the substrate to which the inkjet ink is applied. This is a step of curing the image. This is because the polymerization initiator contained in the inkjet ink is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays to generate polymerization initiation species such as radicals, and the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound occurs and accelerates in the function of the polymerization initiation species. It is to be done.
  • light typically actinic rays
  • the polymerization reaction may be completed in step (B), or a part of the polymerization reaction may be performed in step (B).
  • a preferable first aspect is to proceed the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound to completely cure the image formed by the inkjet ink. Further, as the step (B), it is preferable that a part of the polymerization reaction is performed in the step (B), and an uncured portion of the image formed by the ink jet ink is cured by heat treatment in the step (C) described later. It is mentioned as 2nd aspect. From the viewpoint of facilitating complete curing by melting the dye polymer by heat treatment, the second embodiment is more preferable.
  • Pre-curing process ⁇ it is preferable to provide a pre-curing step for pre-curing the inkjet ink applied on the substrate.
  • the pre-curing step is performed after applying the first ink-jet ink on the substrate and before applying the second ink-jet ink.
  • the inkjet ink is preferably pre-cured by light irradiation (also referred to as pinning exposure).
  • Pinning exposure is an exposure method in which ink jet ink applied to a substrate is partially cured with a light amount that is insufficient for complete curing.
  • the exposure amount of pinning exposure for pre-curing is preferably less than half of the exposure amount for main curing in the curing step described later, and more preferably less than one-quarter.
  • the light source used for pre-curing is not particularly limited as long as it is a light source that emits light having a wavelength that promotes polymerization and curing of the ink jet ink. be able to.
  • the actinic rays are preferably ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, electron beams, X rays, ultraviolet rays (UV), visible light or infrared light.
  • the peak wavelength of the actinic ray depends on the absorption characteristics of the sensitizer, but is preferably 200 to 600 nm, more preferably 300 to 450 nm, still more preferably 320 to 420 nm, and the actinic ray is an ultraviolet ray having a peak wavelength of 340 to 400 nm. It is particularly preferred that
  • the illumination intensity on the exposed surface of the ink-jet ink used in the present invention is preferably 10mW / cm 2 ⁇ 4,000mW / cm 2, more preferably 20mW / cm 2 ⁇ 2,500mW / cm 2.
  • Mercury lamps, gas or solid lasers are mainly used as actinic light sources, and mercury lamps and metal halide lamps are widely known as light sources used for curing ultraviolet light curable inkjet inks.
  • mercury-free is strongly desired, and replacement with a GaN-based semiconductor ultraviolet light-emitting device is very useful industrially and environmentally.
  • a light emitting diode (LED) and a laser diode (LD) can be used as the active light source. These are small, have a long service life, have high efficiency, and are low in cost, and are expected as light sources for photo-curable ink jets.
  • an ultraviolet LED and an ultraviolet LD can be used.
  • US Pat. No. 6,084,250 discloses an LED that can emit active light centered between 300 nm and 370 nm. Other ultraviolet LEDs are also available and can emit radiation in different ultraviolet bands.
  • the actinic ray source particularly preferred in the present invention is a UV-LED, and particularly preferably a UV-LED having a peak wavelength at 340 to 400 nm.
  • the maximum illumination intensity on the LED substrate is preferably 10mW / cm 2 ⁇ 2000mW / cm 2, more preferably 20mW / cm 2 ⁇ 1000mW / cm 2, 50mW / cm 2 ⁇ 800mW / Cm 2 is particularly preferred.
  • the inkjet ink used in the present invention is suitably irradiated with such actinic rays preferably for 0.01 seconds to 120 seconds, more preferably for 0.1 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • An actinic ray irradiation condition and a basic irradiation method are disclosed in JP-A-60-132767.
  • the light source is provided on both sides of the head unit including the ink jet ink ejection device, and the head unit and the light source are scanned by a so-called shuttle method. Irradiation with actinic rays is performed for a certain time (preferably 0.01 seconds to 0.5 seconds, more preferably 0.01 seconds to 0.3 seconds, still more preferably 0.01 seconds to 0. 15 seconds).
  • the atmosphere around the surface of the recording medium is an oxygen-poor atmosphere when irradiated with actinic rays.
  • the energy of actinic rays necessary for curing can be reduced.
  • a part of the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound is performed in the step (B), and the image formed by the inkjet ink is partially cured.
  • Curing conditions exposure amount, time until exposure after ink jet ink landing, exposure time
  • the light source used for curing may be the curing conditions and light source described in the pre-curing step in the first aspect.
  • a preferred second embodiment is one in which the inkjet ink applied to the substrate in the step (B) is temporarily hardened by pinning exposure, and the curing of the inkjet ink pinned in the step (C) is completed.
  • a substrate drying step may be provided if necessary.
  • the drying temperature is preferably 10 to 100 ° C, more preferably 15 to 80 ° C, and particularly preferably 20 to 60 ° C.
  • the drying time is preferably 1 to 24 hours, more preferably 2 to 18 hours, and particularly preferably 2 to 12 hours. It is preferable to provide a drying step because the sharpness of the printed image is excellent.
  • the printing method of the present invention preferably further includes a heat treatment step as step (C).
  • a heat treatment step by performing a heat treatment step after printing an image on the substrate, the particulate dye polymer can be melted (or softened), and the adhesion to the substrate can be improved (that is, by heat treatment, Can be melt dyed).
  • the temperature of the heat treatment in the step (C) is preferably 50 ° C. or higher and lower than 250 ° C., more preferably 60 to 200 ° C., and further preferably 80 to 180 ° C. By setting it as the said range, the effect of this invention can fully be exhibited.
  • the heat treatment time is preferably 15 to 360 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds.
  • the effect of the present invention can be sufficiently and stably exhibited. If the heat treatment time is too long, the fabric is greatly damaged and the texture of the fabric is deteriorated. If the heat treatment time is too short, the polymerization reaction is not completed sufficiently and the effects of the present invention cannot be exhibited. Since the heat treatment step is preferably performed at the above temperature, the dye polymer is preferably melted at less than 250 ° C, more preferably melted at 200 ° C or less, and further preferably melted at 180 ° C or less.
  • the dye polymer melts at a specific temperature can be confirmed by raising the temperature of the dye polymer to a specific temperature at 10 ° C./min with a melting point measuring instrument and visually checking the state of the dye polymer.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a photopolymerizable compound and a thermopolymerizable compound at the same time.
  • the fabric (colored fabric) colored by the printing method of the present invention (which is also a textile printing method in this case) is excellent in the flexibility and fastness of the texture. Further, by performing padding treatment on the entire surface of the post-treatment agent, it is possible to obtain a colored cloth having further improved texture flexibility and fastness (particularly friction resistance).
  • Post-treatment agents for the purpose of softening include cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, dimethyl silicone oil, amino silicone oil, carboxy modified silicone oil, hydroxy modified silicone oil, fatty acid , Fatty acid amide, mineral oil, vegetable oil, animal oil, plasticizer and the like.
  • a post-treatment agent for improving the smoothness of the colored fabric surface metal soap, paraffin wax, carnauba wax, microstalline wax, dimethyl silicone oil, amino silicone oil, carboxy modified silicone oil, hydroxy modified silicone oil, etc. Is mentioned.
  • these post-treatment agents are emulsified, thermally emulsified, or dispersed in a water solvent by stirring with a mixer, and a colored cloth is dipped, dried with mangles, dried and heat treated.
  • the friction resistance of a colored cloth can be improved by mix
  • the blending amount with respect to the post-treatment agent is preferably less than 5%, which is preferable because the softness of the texture of the colored fabric is not easily impaired.
  • the resin emulsion blended into the post-treatment agent as a sticking agent is not particularly limited, but is an acrylic ester resin emulsion, a urethane resin emulsion, an ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer resin (EVA resin) emulsion, a silicone / acrylic resin emulsion.
  • Polyester resin emulsion or the like can be used, and in order to soften the texture of the colored cloth, the glass transition point of these resin emulsions is preferably 0 ° C. or lower.
  • the ink-jet ink used in the printing method of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator for the purpose of improving the fixability of the image on the substrate and the friction resistance.
  • the polymerizable compound and the polymerization initiator may be photopolymerizable or heat polymerizable, but image curing proceeds by light irradiation in the step (B).
  • the photopolymerizable compound and the photopolymerization initiator are preferred. It is also preferable that the photopolymerizable compound is a thermopolymerizable compound. By having thermal polymerizability, the polymerization reaction can be advanced also in the step (C).
  • the ink-jet ink used in the present invention preferably contains at least one water-soluble photopolymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond as the polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound may be any water-soluble compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond capable of radical polymerization in the molecule, and has a chemical form such as a monomer, oligomer, or polymer. included. Only one type of polymerizable compound may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination at an arbitrary ratio in order to improve the desired properties. It is preferable to use two or more kinds in combination for controlling performance such as reactivity and physical properties. Further, from the viewpoint of ink ejection stability, it is preferable to use a compound that has good solubility in water and hardly precipitates in the aqueous ink composition.
  • the water-soluble polymerizable compound means a compound that dissolves in 2% by mass or more in distilled water at 25 ° C., but preferably dissolves in an amount of 15% by mass or more, and particularly those that are uniformly mixed with water at an arbitrary ratio. preferable.
  • polymerizable compounds include unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, and maleic acid, and their ester derivatives and their salts, acrylamide and methacrylamide and their Derivatives, anhydrides having ethylenically unsaturated groups, acrylonitrile, styrene, various unsaturated polyesters, unsaturated polyethers, unsaturated polyamides, unsaturated urethanes, vinyl ethers, allyl ethers, etc., acrylic acid and methacrylic acid And at least one selected from ester derivatives and salts thereof, acrylamide and methacrylamide, and derivatives thereof, and monoesters of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid (hereinafter referred to as “monoacrylate”) ), An ester of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid and a polyol compound (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “polyfunctional acrylate monomer” or
  • the polymerizable compound preferably has at least one of a poly (ethyleneoxy) chain, a poly (propyleneoxy) chain, an ionic group (for example, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, etc.) and a hydroxyl group from the viewpoint of imparting water solubility.
  • the polymerizable compound has a poly (ethyleneoxy) chain or a poly (propyleneoxy) chain
  • the number of ethyleneoxy units and units of propyleneoxy units is preferably in the range of 1 to 10, more preferably 1 It is in the range of ⁇ 5.
  • the number of units is 10 or less, the hardness of the coating when cured and the adhesion to the substrate are improved.
  • polymerizable compounds particularly preferred specific examples of the monoacrylate, polyfunctional acrylate monomer, polyfunctional acrylate oligomer, and (meth) acrylamide derivative include, for example, compounds having the structures shown below, but are not limited thereto. Is not to be done.
  • a polymeric compound may be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the polymerizable compound in order to further improve the sensitivity, bleeding, and adhesion to the substrate, at least one monoacrylate and a polyfunctional acrylate monomer having a molecular weight of 400 or more, preferably 500 or more, It is preferable to use a polyfunctional acrylate oligomer in combination.
  • a combination of a monoacrylate selected from the above compound group and a polyfunctional acrylate monomer or polyfunctional acrylate oligomer is acceptable for the film. This is preferable because the film strength can be increased while imparting flexibility to improve adhesion.
  • the aspect in which at least three kinds of polymerizable compounds of monofunctional, bifunctional, and trifunctional or higher polyfunctional monomers are used in combination improves sensitivity, bleeding, and adhesion to the substrate while maintaining safety. This is preferable from the viewpoint of further improvement.
  • the polymerizable compound is in the form of a polymer.
  • the polymerizable compound in the form of a polymer (hereinafter referred to as “polymerizable polymer”) is a polymer containing a polymerizable functional group in the main chain or side chain of a polymer.
  • the polymerizable group introduced into the polymer polymer serves as a bridge between the polymers, and improves transparency, flexibility, flexibility, surface hardness, adhesion, and the like.
  • examples of the polymerizable polymer are preferably poly (glycidyl (meth) acrylate modified (meth) acrylic acid-co- (meth) acrylate), poly (glycidyl (meth) acrylate modified (meth) acrylic acid) co-meth (acrylate) -co-styrene), poly (styrene-co-4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether-modified acrylic acid), and the like.
  • the amount of the polymerizable functional group introduced is preferably 0.01 mmol / g or more and 10 mmol / g or less in order to sufficiently exhibit the effects of the present invention, and 0.1 mmol / g. It is more preferably 5 mmol / g or less and more preferably 0.5 mmol / g or more and 3 mmol or less.
  • the polymerizable polymer in the present invention is preferably in the form of water-soluble or aqueous latex from the viewpoint of ink jetting properties.
  • the water solubility at 25 ° C. is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene (or polymethacrylic acid) in gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement is preferably 3,000 or more and 2,000,000 or less, and 5,000. It is more preferably 1,500,000 or less, and particularly preferably 10,000 or more, 1,000,000 or less.
  • the details of the GPC conditions are the same as those for the dye polymer (P) described later.
  • the average particle size is preferably 1 to 500 nm, more preferably 10 to 300 nm, and particularly preferably 30 to 200 nm.
  • the average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene (or polymethacrylic acid) in GPC measurement is preferably 3,000 or more and 2,000,000 or less, and 5,000 or more and 1,500,000. The following is more preferable, and 10,000 to 1,000,000 is particularly preferable.
  • a mode in which a polymerizable compound of a monofunctional, bifunctional, or trifunctional or higher polyfunctional monomer is used in combination is also preferable from the viewpoint that sensitivity, bleeding, and adhesion to a substrate can be further improved.
  • polymerizable polymer examples include, but are not limited to, compounds having the following structures.
  • Me represents a methyl group.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a bifunctional methacrylate monomer, a trifunctional or higher functional methacrylate monomer, a polymerizable polymer, or a combination thereof, more preferably a polymerizable polymer, and poly (styrene-co-4- Hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether modified acrylic acid), poly (ethylene glycol) -poly (styrene-co-4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether modified acrylic acid), poly (styrene-co-glycidyl (meth) acrylate modified acrylic acid), Or, poly (benzyl methacrylate-co-glycidyl methacrylate-modified methacrylic acid) is particularly preferable.
  • the ink-jet ink used in the present invention contains a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has a good polymerization initiating ability, and can be selected from known polymerization initiators.
  • a water-soluble photopolymerization initiator is preferable.
  • the degree of “water solubility” is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or more in distilled water at 25 ° C.
  • polymerization initiators selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -aminoketone compounds and acylphosphine oxide compounds are preferred.
  • ⁇ -aminoketone compound a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (5) is preferably used.
  • Ar 1D represents a phenyl group substituted with —SR 51 or —N (R 52 ) (R 53 ), and R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or an unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • R 52 and R 53 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy substituted alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted carbon group.
  • R 52 and R 53 may combine with each other to form an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and the alkylene group contains —O— or —N (R 54 ) — in the alkylene chain. There may be.
  • R 54 represents an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 1D and R 2D each independently represent an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. R 1D and R 2D may combine with each other to form an alkylene group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms.
  • R 3D and R 4D each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy substituted alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted carbon number. Represents 3 to 5 alkenyl groups.
  • R 3D and R 4D may be bonded to each other to form an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and the alkylene group has —O— or —N (R 54 ) — in the alkylene chain. It may be included.
  • R 54 represents an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the compound contained in the ⁇ -aminoketone compound include 2-methyl-1-phenyl-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-methyl-1- [4- (hexyl) phenyl] -2-morpholino. Propan-1-one, 2-ethyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1, and the like. Also, commercially available products such as Irgacure series manufactured by BASF, such as Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, and Irgacure 379, are also compounds included in ⁇ -aminoketone compounds.
  • acylphosphine oxide compound a compound represented by the following general formula (6) or general formula (7) is preferable.
  • R 5D and R 6D each independently represent an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aromatic oxy group, or a heterocyclic group
  • R 7D represents an aliphatic group. Represents an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group.
  • Examples of the aliphatic group represented by R 5D , R 6D , or R 7D include an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an unsubstituted alkynyl group, a substituted alkynyl group, and an unsubstituted group.
  • An aralkyl group or a substituted aralkyl group is exemplified, among which an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an unsubstituted aralkyl group, or a substituted aralkyl group is preferable, an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted aralkyl group, etc.
  • Alkyl groups are particularly preferred.
  • the aliphatic group may be a cyclic aliphatic group or a chain aliphatic group.
  • the chain aliphatic group may have a branch.
  • Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group include linear, branched, and cyclic alkyl groups, and the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 20.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, decyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, neopentyl, An isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, etc. are mentioned.
  • substituent of the substituted alkyl group examples include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, a halogen atom (for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom), a hydroxy group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms (for example, methoxycarbonyl).
  • alkoxy groups for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, benzyloxy group, phenoxyethoxy group, phenethyloxy group, etc.
  • alkylthio groups having 30 or less carbon atoms (for example, methylthio group, ethylthio group, methylthioethylthioethyl group)
  • An aryloxy group having 30 or less carbon atoms eg, phenoxy group, p-tolyloxy group, 1-naphthoxy group, 2-naphthoxy group,
  • Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group include linear, branched, and cyclic alkenyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 30, and more preferably 2 to 20.
  • Examples of the substituent of the substituted alkenyl group include the same substituents as those of the substituted alkyl group.
  • Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group include linear, branched, and cyclic alkynyl groups, and the number of carbon atoms of the alkynyl group is preferably 2 to 30, and more preferably 2 to 20.
  • Examples of the substituent for the substituted alkynyl group include the same substituents as those for the substituted alkyl group.
  • Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group include linear, branched, and cyclic aralkyl groups, and the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 to 35, and more preferably 7 to 25.
  • Examples of the substituent for the substituted aralkyl group include the same substituents as those for the substituted alkyl group.
  • Examples of the aromatic group represented by R 5D , R 6D , or R 7D include an unsubstituted aryl group and a substituted aryl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 20.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, an ⁇ -naphthyl group, a ⁇ -naphthyl group, and the like.
  • Examples of the substituent for the substituted aryl group include the same substituents as those for the substituted alkyl group, in addition to the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aliphatic oxy group represented by R 5D or R 6D is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a butoxy group, an octyloxy group, a phenoxy group.
  • An ethoxy group etc. are mentioned. However, it is not limited to these.
  • the aromatic oxy group represented by R 5D or R 6D is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy group, methylphenyloxy group, chlorophenyloxy group, methoxy Examples thereof include a phenyloxy group and an octyloxyphenyloxy group. However, it is not limited to these.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by R 5D , R 6D , or R 7D is preferably a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group such as pyridyl. Group, furyl group, thienyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrrolyl group and the like.
  • R 8D and R 10D each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group
  • R 9D represents Represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group.
  • substituent in the case of having a substituent include the same substituents as those in the general formula (6).
  • substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group and substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group in the general formula (7), which has the same meaning as in the general formula (6).
  • water-soluble acylphosphine oxide compounds are preferably used as the polymerization initiator.
  • This acylphosphine oxide compound is preferably dissolved in distilled water at 25 ° C. in an amount of 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or more.
  • water-soluble acylphosphine oxide compounds include compounds described in JP-A No. 2005-307199 (for example, Exemplified Compounds 5, 6, and 7).
  • Preferred specific examples of water-soluble acylphosphine oxide compounds are listed below. However, it is not limited to these.
  • acylphosphine oxide compounds are preferable.
  • other polymerizable initiators may be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Further, it can be used in combination with an acylphosphine oxide compound. In this case, it is preferable to use a water-soluble polymerization initiator.
  • the “water solubility” is the same as described above.
  • Examples of the other polymerization initiator include camphorquinone, benzophenone, benzophenone derivatives, acetophenone, acetophenone derivatives, such as ⁇ -hydroxycycloalkyl phenyl ketones or 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propanone, Alkoxyacetophenones, ⁇ -hydroxy- or 4-aroyl-1,3-dioxolanes, benzoin alkyl ethers, and benzyl ketals such as benzyl dimethyl ketal, phenyl glyoxalate and its derivatives, dimeric phenyl glyoxalate, Peresters such as benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid peresters (for example those described in EP 1 126541), halomethyltriazines such as 2- [2- (4-methoxy-phen Nyl) -vinyl] -4,6-bis-trichloromethyl [1,3,5] triazine, 2- (4-me
  • the dye polymer (P) used in the present invention is a pigment multimer containing a structure derived from an arbitrary dye as a repeating unit.
  • the structure derived from a dye is a group (dye residue) formed by removing one or more arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a compound used as a dye.
  • the structure derived from the dye is a structure derived from an organic pigment as classified by the color index.
  • azo monoazo, disazo, trisazo, polyazo
  • stilbene carotenoid, diarylmethane, triarylmethane
  • Examples include xanthene, acridine, quinoline, methine, aniline, indamine, indophenol, azine, oxazine, thiazine, anthraquinone, indigo, quinophthalone, and phthalocyanine.
  • azo, stilbene, diarylmethane, triarylmethane, xanthene, indophenol, quinophthalone, phthalocyanine, and the like can be preferably used.
  • a structure derived from a dye a structure derived from a dye as categorized by the above color index, or a structure in which an arbitrary substituent is substituted within the range in which the effect of the present invention is obtained, or a structure thereof Examples include a structure in which an arbitrary substituent is removed from the structure within the range where the effects of the present invention are achieved.
  • the dye may be a water-soluble dye or a water-insoluble dye, but it may be a water-insoluble dye from the viewpoint of water resistance and washing resistance of the dye polymer. preferable.
  • a dye which does not have ionic groups such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, these salts, and an ammonium group.
  • a dye is not particularly limited, and for example, a water-insoluble dye such as a disperse dye may be used, or a water-soluble dye obtained by removing an ionic group may be used.
  • the dye polymer (P) a polymer containing a structure derived from a dye in the side chain is particularly preferably used.
  • the acrylic polymer in the present invention is a polymer having at least one type of repeating unit from the group consisting of repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid and repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid esters.
  • “(Meth) acrylic acid” represents at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid
  • “(meth) acrylic ester” represents at least one of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester.
  • the urethane polymer (also referred to as “polyurethane”) in the present invention is a polymer having a urethane bond, and is formed by a reaction between a polyol compound having two or more hydroxyl groups and a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups.
  • a method of introducing a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye is arbitrary, and a polymer may be obtained by polymerizing or copolymerizing a polymerizable dye monomer. After the formation, a structure derived from a dye may be introduced by a polymer reaction or the like.
  • the dye polymer (P) is preferably a dye polymer including a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) as a repeating unit including a structure derived from a dye.
  • X 1 represents a linking group
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye.
  • X 1 represents a linking group.
  • X 1 is preferably a linking group formed by polymerization, and preferably a portion corresponding to the main chain formed by the polymerization reaction. That is, X 1 is preferably a partial structure of the polymer main chain.
  • Examples of X 1 include a linking group formed by polymerizing a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated ethylene group, a linking group formed by ring-opening polymerization of a cyclic ether, and the like. Preferably, an unsaturated ethylene group is polymerized.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by any one of the following general formulas (1-1) to (1-7). It is more preferable that it is the repeating unit represented by these.
  • R X1 to R X21 each represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • D 1 represents an arbitrary one from a dye.
  • the substituent is preferably an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or a group formed by a combination thereof, more preferably an alkyl group. More preferably, it is a methyl group.
  • R X1 , R X6 , R X13 , R X16 , and R X19 preferably represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a carboxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, or a methyloxymethyl group, and a hydrogen atom or methyl More preferably it represents a group.
  • R X2 , R X3 , R X4 , R X5 , R X7 , R X8 , R X9 , R X10 , R X11 , R X12 , R X14 , R X15 , R X17 , R X18 , R X20 , and R X21 It preferably represents an atom or a carboxyl group, and more preferably represents a hydrogen atom.
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group in the case where L 1 represents a divalent linking group is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention can be obtained, but it is a substituted or unsubstituted straight chain having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Branched or cyclic alkylene group (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, trimethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, phenylene group, naphthalene group, etc.), substituted Or an unsubstituted heterocyclic linking group, —CH ⁇ CH—, —O—, —S—, —NR— (R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group), —C.
  • a linking group formed by linking two or more of these are preferably used.
  • a linking group represented by any of the following general formulas (2) to (7) is preferably used.
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group
  • the divalent linking group may have a substituent (for example, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an acyloxy group, etc.).
  • one of * 1 and * 2 is X 1 in general formula (1) or carbon atom of the polymer main chain in general formulas (1-1) to (1-7) Alternatively, it represents a position bonded to a nitrogen atom, and the other represents a position bonded to D 1 in the general formulas (1) and (1-1) to (1-7).
  • R 3 represents a substituent.
  • k represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • R 3 When k is 2 or more, R 3 may be the same or different.
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • R 3 represents a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 4. When k is 2 or more, R 3 may be the same or different.
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • R 3 represents a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 4. When k is 2 or more, R 3 may be the same or different.
  • R 51 and R 52 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • t represents an integer of 1 to 10.
  • R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • u and v each independently represents an integer of 1 to 10.
  • u R 61 and R 62 may be the same or different.
  • the v R 63 and R 64 may be the same or different.
  • R 71 , R 72 and R 73 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • w represents an integer of 1 to 10.
  • Each of w R 71 and R 72 may be the same or different.
  • Examples of the alkyl group, aryl group, or heterocyclic group in the case where R 2 in the general formula (3) represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group include alkyls described in the substituent group A described later. A group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R 3 in the general formulas (2) to (4) include a substituent selected from the substituent group A described later.
  • Examples of the substituent when R 51 and R 52 in the general formula (5) represent a substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A described later.
  • R 51 and R 52 preferably each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group.
  • t is preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
  • substituent in the case where R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 in the general formula (6) represent a substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A described later.
  • R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 each independently preferably represent a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • u and v are each independently preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
  • substituent when R 71 , R 72 and R 73 in the general formula (7) represent a substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A described later.
  • R 71 , R 72 and R 73 each independently preferably represent a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, and more preferably represent a hydrogen atom.
  • w is preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
  • D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye.
  • D 1 is not limited as long as it exhibits the effects of the present invention, but represents a dye residue obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a dye represented by any one of the following general formulas (M1) to (M4). More preferably.
  • general formula (M2) and (M3) shall also include each resonance structure.
  • R 101 to R 110 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 201 to R 215 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • X 201 represents a monovalent anion
  • n 201 represents 0 or 1.
  • R 301 to R 317 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 301 represents a monovalent anion, and n 301 represents 0 or 1.
  • R 401 to R 407 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 407 represents a substituent examples include a substituent selected from the following substituent group A.
  • Substituent group A The substituents included in Substituent Group A are shown below.
  • a halogen atom for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom
  • an alkyl group preferably a C1-C48, more preferably a C1-C24 linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, Methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, A cyclohexyl group, a 1-norbornyl group, a 1-adamantyl group), an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms
  • a heterocyclic amino group such as a 4-pyridylamino group, a carbonamido group (preferably a carbonamido group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms such as an acetamide group, a benzamide group, a tetradecanamide group, Pivaloylamide group, cyclohexaneamide group), ureido group (preferably ureido group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as ureido group, N, N-dimethylureido group, N-phenylureido group) ),
  • An imide group preferably an imide group having 36 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 24 or less carbon atoms, such as N— A succinimide group, N-phthalimido group
  • an alkoxycarbonylamino group preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2
  • a sulfinyl group for example, dodecanesulfinyl group), an arylsulfinyl group (preferably an arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, a phenylsulfinyl group), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably C1-C48, more preferably C1-C24 linear, branched, or cyclic alkylsulfonyl Group, for example, methylsulfonyl group, ethylsulfonyl group, propylsulfonyl group, butylsulfonyl group, isopropylsulfonyl group, 2-ethylhexylsulfonyl group, hexadecylsulfonyl group, octylsulfonyl group,
  • sulfamoyl groups include, for example, sulfamoyl group, N, N-dipropylsulfamoyl group, N-ethyl-N-dodecylsulfamoyl group, N-ethyl-N-phenylsulfamoyl group, N-cyclohexylsulfa Moyl group ), Sulfo group, phosphonyl group (preferably phosphonyl group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as phenoxyphosphonyl group, octyloxyphosphonyl group, phenylphosphonyl group), phosphinoyl An amino group (preferably a phosphinoylamino group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a diethoxyphosphinoylamino group or a dioctyloxyphosphino
  • R 407 represents a substituent
  • the substituent may further have a substituent when the substituent is a substitutable group, and the substituent is a substituent selected from the above substituent group A. Group, and when it has two or more substituents, these substituents may be the same or different.
  • substituents When 401 to R 407 represent a substituent, at least two of the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered, 6-membered, or 7-membered saturated ring, or an unsaturated ring.
  • the formed 5-membered, 6-membered, and 7-membered rings are further substitutable groups, they may further have a substituent, and the substituent is selected from the above substituent group A.
  • substituent When the substituent is substituted with two or more substituents, these substituents may be the same or different.
  • R 101 in the general formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, and more preferably a hydroxyl group.
  • R 102 in formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a carboxyl group, particularly preferably. Is a hydrogen atom, a bromine atom, or a carboxyl group.
  • R 104 in formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. And particularly preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 108 in the general formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, Or a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group.
  • R 103 , R 105 , and R 106 in the general formula (M1) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6 to 10
  • An aryl group, or a halogen atom more preferably a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 107 , R 109 and R 110 in the general formula (M1) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6 to 10
  • R 201 , R 205 , R 206 and R 210 in formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 202 and R 209 in the general formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a sulfo group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a sulfo group, and particularly preferably hydrogen. Is an atom.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 207 and R 208 in the general formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number.
  • An aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably A hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 211 in the general formula (M2) is preferably a carboxylate group (—CO 2 ⁇ ), a sulfonate group (—SO 3 ⁇ ), a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a substituted group Or an unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, more preferably a sulfonate group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, particularly preferably a sulfonate group,
  • An alkoxycarbonyl group; R 212 , R 213 , R 214 and R 215 in the general formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstitute
  • R 214 and R 215 in formula (M2) are also preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • X 201 in the general formula (M2) is preferably a chlorine ion, an acetate ion, a triflate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion, a perchlorate ion, or a bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion. More preferred are tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion and bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion.
  • N201 in the general formula (M2) is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
  • R 301 , R 302 , R 305 , R 306 , R 307 , R 308 , R 311 , R 312 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-20.
  • R 303 , R 304 , R 309 and R 310 in the general formula (M3) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6
  • R 313 in formula (M3) is preferably a carboxylate group, a sulfonate group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, more preferably , Sulfonate group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, particularly preferably sulfonate group and alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 314 in the general formula (M3) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom, A halogen atom and a hydroxyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 315 in formula (M3) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, substituted or unsubstituted A sulfamoyl group or a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group.
  • R 316 and R 317 in formula (M3) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, hydroxyl Or a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a hydroxyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 316 and R 317 in formula (M3) are also preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • X 301 in the general formula (M3) is preferably a chlorine ion, an acetate ion, a triflate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion, a perchlorate ion, or a bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion. More preferred are tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion and bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion.
  • N301 in the general formula (M3) is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
  • R 401 in the general formula (M4) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group. More preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • R 402 in formula (M4) is preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, and particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted acylamino group. is there.
  • R 403 , R 406 and R 407 in formula (M4) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1
  • R 404 and R 405 in formula (M4) are preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
  • the dye represented by the general formula (M1), the dye represented by the general formula (M2), the dye represented by the general formula (M3), and the dye represented by the general formula (M4) are conventionally known methods.
  • Japanese Patent Publication No. 7-49583, Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-5257, Japanese Patent No. 5715380, WO2010 / 110199, WO2015 / 016265, etc. The synthesis method is specifically illustrated in the examples.
  • the dye polymer (P) since the dye polymer (P) is used in a state of being dispersed in water, the dye polymer (P) has an optimum molecular weight range with respect to dispersibility. Re-aggregation hardly occurs. On the other hand, it is difficult to dissolve in water and an aqueous organic solvent as long as it is at least the lower limit of the optimum molecular weight range.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the dye polymer (P) can be calculated from gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • GPC is HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and the column is measured with TSKgel SuperHZM-H, TSKgel SuperHZ4000, TSKgel SuperHZ200 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and the number average molecular weight. was calculated by polystyrene conversion.
  • the carrier may be appropriately selected, but NMP (N-methylpyrrolidone) was used as long as it was soluble.
  • the dye polymer (P) has only to have a repeating unit including a structure derived from a dye as an essential structure, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility in water, a hydrophobic group (electrically neutral nonpolar group) It is more preferable to introduce a repeating unit containing at least one of an ionic group (an electrically ionic polar group having a high affinity with water) and a group having a low affinity with water.
  • the molecular structure of the dye polymer (P) may be either linear or branched, may be random, alternating, periodic, or block, and may be a graft polymer designed with a trunk and branch structure. .
  • the dye polymer (P) As a method for forming the dye polymer (P), a method such as so-called copolymerization is preferable from the viewpoint of design flexibility.
  • the copolymer component include the following hydrophobic group-containing monomers, anionic group-containing monomers, cationic group-containing monomers, and other functional monomers.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a structure derived from the dye in the dye polymer (P) with respect to all repeating units is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 25 to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 50 to 90% by mass. 80% by mass. If the content rate of the repeating unit which has a structure derived from dye is 10 mass% or more, the coloring power per unit mass will improve and the dyeing density to a fabric will become high. Moreover, it is easy to adjust molecular weight to an appropriate range at the time of dye polymer synthesis as it is 90 mass% or less.
  • repeating units other than the repeating unit having a structure derived from a dye that can be introduced into the dye polymer (P) will be described.
  • hydrophobic group-containing monomer examples include vinyl monomers such as styrene monomers, phenyl group-containing (meth) acrylates, (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters, alkyl vinyl ethers, (meth) acrylonitrile; Urethane group-containing vinyl monomer formed from polyisocyanate and polyol or polyamine; epoxy group-containing vinyl monomer formed from epichlorohydrin and bisphenol; polyvalent carboxylic acid and polyalcohol etc. are formed from monomers Ester group-containing vinyl monomers; silicone group-containing vinyl monomers formed from organopolysiloxanes and the like.
  • styrene benzyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate, 2-[(3,5-dimethylpyrazolyl) carbonylamino] ethyl methacrylate 2- (0- [1′-methylpropylideneamino] carboxyamino) ethyl methacrylate.
  • the ionic group includes an anionic group and a cationic group.
  • Examples of monomers that give these ionic groups include the following.
  • anionic group-containing monomer As the anionic group-containing monomer, the following unsaturated carboxylic acid monomer, unsaturated sulfonic acid monomer, unsaturated phosphoric acid monomer, or an anhydride or salt thereof can be used.
  • the unsaturated carboxylic acid monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, sorbic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, monoalkyl esters of unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, and anhydrides and salts thereof. Is mentioned. Acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, 2-acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, and 2-methacryloyloxyethyl succinic acid are preferable.
  • Examples of the unsaturated sulfonic acid monomer include styrene sulfonic acid, vinyl sulfonic acid, 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid, sulfuric acid ester of 2-hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate, and salts thereof. Is mentioned.
  • Examples of the unsaturated phosphoric acid monomer include vinylphosphonic acid, phosphoric acid ester of hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate (2 to 6 carbon atoms), and (meth) acrylic acid alkylphosphonic acid. Styrene sulfonic acid and 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid are preferred.
  • cationic group-containing monomer As the cationic group-containing monomer, the following unsaturated amine-containing monomer, unsaturated ammonium salt-containing monomer, and the like can be used.
  • unsaturated amine-containing monomers include vinylamine, allylamine, vinylpyridine, methylvinylpyridine, N, N-dialkylaminostyrene, N, N-dialkylaminoalkyl (meth) acrylate, and dialkylaminoethyl vinyl ether. It is done.
  • the unsaturated ammonium salt-containing monomer include those obtained by quaternizing the unsaturated tertiary amine-containing monomer with a quaternizing agent.
  • other components may be contained, for example, polyethylene oxide having a hydroxyl group or an amide group without ionicity, a polyol or a hydroxyalkyl ester-containing monomer, acrylamide, hydroxyalkyl acrylate, vinyl acetate.
  • Vinyl alcohol, N-ethylmethacrylamide, N-isopropylacrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone and the like can be copolymerized as monomers.
  • Me represents a methyl group, and Et represents an ethyl group.
  • the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer (P) contains at least water and [A] the dye polymer (P), and preferably contains [B] an aqueous organic solvent.
  • [C] either a low molecular surfactant or a high molecular dispersant is used in combination or not (so-called self-dispersing). It may be.
  • the above dye polymer (P) is used not in a state dissolved in water but in a state dispersed in water (water dispersion).
  • the polymer is substantially insoluble in water, and thus is excellent in terms of water resistance such as washing resistance and sweat resistance.
  • the dye polymer is a polymer that is substantially insoluble in water.
  • a polymer that is insoluble in water is dispersed as particles, and the particle size is preferably 50 to 500 nm.
  • the polymer is not present as particles in water. Only one dye polymer can be used, or two or more dye polymers can be mixed and used in an arbitrary ratio.
  • Water is not particularly limited, and pure water such as ion exchange water, ultrafiltration water, reverse osmosis water, distilled water, or ultrapure water can be used. Further, water sterilized by ultraviolet irradiation or addition of hydrogen peroxide can also be used. It is preferable to use ultrapure water as water.
  • the dye polymer (P) is water-dispersed as a property of the dye polymer (P) itself during water dispersion, or by adsorption with a low molecular surfactant or a high molecular dispersant used in combination. It is easy to become familiar (easy to get wet), and prevents electrostatic particles (repulsive force) and steric repulsion from reaggregating the fine particles of the dye polymer, and has a function of suppressing sedimentation.
  • the dye polymer (P) is in the form of particles in the aqueous dispersion.
  • the average particle size of the particulate dye polymer in the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer (P) is preferably 50 to 500 nm, more preferably 50 to 300 nm, and particularly preferably 50 to 200 nm. Within this range, the fabric can be directly printed by the ink jet method.
  • the value measured using the particle size distribution measuring apparatus was used for the average particle diameter in this specification.
  • the content of the dye polymer (P) in the aqueous dispersion is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 25% by mass. Within this range, a high-density dyed cloth can be obtained in printing while ensuring storage stability as an inkjet ink.
  • the content of water in the aqueous dispersion is preferably 50 to 95% by mass, more preferably 55 to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 60 to 90% by mass. Within this range, the stability of the aqueous dispersion and the ejection stability as an inkjet ink can be imparted. The stability of the aqueous dispersion indicates that precipitation or the like hardly occurs.
  • Aqueous organic solvent preferably has a water solubility at 25 ° C. of 10 g / 100 g-H 2 O or more, more preferably 20 g / 100 g-H 2 O, and water and an optional solvent. Those mixed in proportions are particularly preferred.
  • the aqueous organic solvent include alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and nitrile solvents.
  • Glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, 2-pyrrolidone and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether are preferred, with ethylene glycol, glycerin and 2-pyrrolidone being particularly preferred.
  • the content of the aqueous organic solvent in the aqueous dispersion is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 30% by mass. Within this range, the stability of the aqueous dispersion and the ejection stability as an inkjet ink can be imparted.
  • Low molecular surfactant or polymer dispersant As the low molecular surfactant or polymer dispersant, a low molecular surfactant or polymer dispersant having a hydrophobic group and an ionic group is preferable. And preferably have the following characteristics.
  • the low molecular surfactant or polymer dispersant is added when dispersing the dye polymer (P), so that the low molecular surfactant or polymer dispersant becomes the dye polymer.
  • the low molecular weight surfactant or polymer type dispersant is composed of a hydrophobic group (electrically neutral nonpolar group having low affinity with water) and an ionic group (electrical). It is preferable to have an ionic polar group having high affinity with water.
  • the structure may be linear or branched. In the case of a high-molecular-weight surfactant, the structure may be random, alternating, periodic, or block, and may be a graft polymer designed with a trunk and branch structure.
  • the low molecular surfactant and the polymer dispersant can be used in any form of an aqueous solution, a dispersion, or an emulsion when mixed with water or an aqueous organic solvent.
  • the following low molecular surfactants can be used.
  • the cationic surfactant include aliphatic amine salts, aliphatic quaternary ammonium salts, benzalkonium salts, benzethonium chloride, pyridinium salts, and imidazolinium salts.
  • an anionic surfactant for example, fatty acid soap (for example, sodium oleate), N-acyl glutamate, alkyl sulfonate, alkyl benzene sulfonate, alkyl sulfoacetate, sulfated oil, higher alcohol sulfate ester And alkyl phosphate ester salts.
  • amphoteric surfactants include carboxybetaine type, sulfobetaine type, aminocarboxylate, and imidazolinium betaine.
  • a suitable example is an amine oxide type such as N, N-dimethyl-N-alkylamine oxide.
  • Nonionic surfactants include, for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene lanolin derivative, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene glycerin fatty acid ester, polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyglycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid Examples include esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and acetylene glycols.
  • a suitable example is SURFYNOLS (Air Products & Chemicals), which is an acetylene-based polyoxyethylene oxide surfactant.
  • pages (37) to (38) of JP-A-59-157,636, Research Disclosure No. Those listed as surfactants in 308119 (1989) can also be used.
  • the content of the low molecular surfactant is preferably in the range of 0.001 to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the aqueous dispersion, and the surface tension of the aqueous dispersion is arbitrarily adjusted within this range. It is preferable to do.
  • the polymeric dispersant can be produced by copolymerizing a hydrophobic group-containing monomer and an ionic group-containing monomer. Each monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the hydrophobic group-containing monomer and the ionic group-containing monomer are the same as the monomer of the copolymer component of the dye polymer (P) described above.
  • As the polymeric dispersant DISPERBYK-194N (trade name) manufactured by Big Chemie Japan, EFKA7422 (trade name) manufactured by BASF, and the like can also be used.
  • the content of the polymeric dispersant is preferably in the range of 0.001 to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the aqueous dispersion, and the surface tension of the aqueous dispersion can be arbitrarily adjusted within this range. Is preferred.
  • a method for producing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P) is as follows: (A) a dye polymer powder or paste, and if necessary, a low molecular surfactant or a high molecular dispersant in water or an aqueous organic solvent. After mixing with glass beads, zirconia beads, titania beads, or stainless steel balls, etc. A soluble polymerizable dye monomer, if necessary, a copolymerization monomer, and an emulsifier (surfactant) are mixed, and a polymerization initiator (usually a radical generator) that can be dissolved in water or an aqueous organic solvent is added thereto.
  • a polymerization initiator usually a radical generator
  • a glycol solvent as a wetting agent for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, glycerin, polyethylene glycol, etc., and urea, hyaluronic acid, sucrose, etc. may be added to these dispersions as necessary. it can.
  • the above-mentioned nonionic surfactants and anionic surfactants can be added as dispersion aids, but these surfactants are used in a small amount so as not to lower the performance as dispersion stability. It is preferable to mix.
  • an ink-jet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer (P), a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator is used.
  • the inkjet ink used in the printing method of the present invention is a dispersion liquid in which a dye polymer is dispersed in a liquid containing water.
  • the dye polymer is in the form of particles in the inkjet ink, and the preferable average particle diameter of the particulate dye polymer is the same as that described above.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the inkjet ink is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 20% by mass with respect to the total amount of the inkjet ink.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator in the ink-jet ink is preferably 0.01 to 35 parts by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 35 parts by weight, and still more preferably 0.00 with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable compound. It is contained in the range of 5 to 35 parts by mass.
  • content of a polymerization initiator means the total amount which the polymerization initiator used.
  • the present invention also relates to an inkjet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P), a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
  • the inkjet ink is preferably used for textile printing.
  • the ink-jet ink used in the present invention preferably further contains water or an aqueous organic solvent. Moreover, you may contain components, such as another coloring agent, an organic solvent, surfactant, and various additives as needed.
  • the ink-jet ink containing the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer of the present invention has excellent light resistance, so it can be used not only for fiber dyeing but also for paper media dyeing, plastic dyeing, paints, coatings, and building materials. Can do.
  • the inkjet ink used in the present invention may further contain a colorant (dye, pigment, etc.) other than the dye polymer (P).
  • a colorant die, pigment, etc.
  • the content of the dye polymer (P) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the colorant including the dye polymer (P).
  • the content of the colorant (including the dye polymer (P) and other colorants) in the inkjet ink is such that a good dyeing concentration is obtained, and considering the storage stability of the inkjet ink,
  • the amount is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 3 to 12% by mass based on the mass.
  • the content of the dye polymer (P) in the inkjet ink is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, and even more preferably 3 to 12% by mass with respect to the total mass of the inkjet ink. .
  • the water content in the inkjet ink is preferably 40 to 90% by mass, more preferably 50 to 85% by mass, and still more preferably 50 to 80% by mass.
  • the method for preparing the ink-jet ink is not particularly limited.
  • the ink-jet ink is prepared by mixing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and water or an aqueous organic solvent or other components as necessary. be able to.
  • Organic solvent examples include polyhydric alcohols (eg, ethylene glycol, glycerin, 2-ethyl-2- (hydroxymethyl) -1,3-propanediol, tetraethylene Glycol, triethylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, butylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,5-pentane Diol, 1,2-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol , 3-Methyl-1,3-butanedio And 2-methyl-1,3-propanedd
  • polyhydric alcohols eg, ethylene glycol, glycerin, 2-
  • the organic solvent that can be contained in the inkjet ink used in the present invention is preferably the aforementioned aqueous organic solvent.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the inkjet ink is preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass and more preferably 2% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the inkjet ink.
  • the inkjet ink used in the present invention can further use various surfactants from the viewpoint of enhancing storage stability, ejection stability, ejection accuracy, and the like.
  • the surfactant any of cationic, anionic, amphoteric and nonionic surfactants can be used.
  • cationic surfactant examples include aliphatic amine salts, aliphatic quaternary ammonium salts, benzalkonium salts, benzethonium chloride, pyridinium salts, and imidazolinium salts.
  • anionic surfactant examples include fatty acid soaps, N-acyl glutamates, alkyl sulfonates, alkyl benzene sulfonates, alkyl sulfoacetates, sulfated oils, higher alcohol sulfates, and alkyl phosphates. Etc.
  • amphoteric surfactants include carboxybetaine type, sulfobetaine type, aminocarboxylate, and imidazolinium betaine.
  • a suitable example is an amine oxide type such as N, N-dimethyl-N-alkylamine oxide.
  • Nonionic surfactants include, for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene lanolin derivative, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene glycerin fatty acid ester, polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyglycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid Examples include esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and acetylene glycols.
  • a suitable example is Surfynol (trade name, manufactured by Air Products) which is an acetylene-based polyoxyethylene oxide surfactant.
  • pages (37) to (38) of JP-A-59-157,636, Research Disclosure No. Those listed as surfactants in 308119 (1989) can also be used.
  • the content of the surfactant in the inkjet ink used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the inkjet ink. It is preferable to arbitrarily adjust the surface tension.
  • the ink-jet ink used in the present invention may contain various other conventionally known additives.
  • additives include pH adjusters such as acid bases and buffer solutions, fluorescent brighteners, surface tension adjusters, antifoaming agents, drying inhibitors, lubricants, thickeners, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-fading agents, Examples thereof include an antistatic agent, a matting agent, an antioxidant, a specific resistance adjusting agent, a rust preventive agent, an inorganic pigment, a reduction inhibitor, an antiseptic, an antifungal agent, a chelating agent, a sensitizer and a crosslinking agent.
  • UV absorber As ultraviolet absorbers, they are described in JP-A-58-185777, JP-A-61-190537, JP-A-2-782, JP-A-5-97075, JP-A-9-34057, and the like. Benzotriazole compounds, benzophenone compounds described in JP-A-46-2784, JP-A-5-194443, US Pat. No.
  • Anti-fading agent As an anti-fading agent, various organic and metal complex anti-fading agents can be used. Examples of organic fading inhibitors include hydroquinones, alkoxyphenols, dialkoxyphenols, phenols, anilines, amines, indanes, chromans, alkoxyanilines, and heterocycles. Examples of the metal complex include a nickel complex and a zinc complex. More specifically, Research Disclosure No. No. 17643, VII, I and J, No. 15162, ibid. No. 18716, page 650, left column, ibid. No. 36544, page 527, ibid. No. 307105, page 872, ibid.
  • the ink-jet ink used in the present invention may contain at least one of a preservative and an antifungal agent in order to maintain long-term storage stability of the ink.
  • a preservative and an antifungal agent in order to maintain long-term storage stability of the ink.
  • long-term storage stability can be enhanced.
  • antiseptics and antifungal agents examples include aromatic halogen compounds (for example, Priventol CMK; manufactured by LANXESS, trade name), methylene dithiocyanate, halogen-containing nitrogen-sulfur compounds, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one (For example, Proxel GXL; manufactured by Arch Chemicals, trade name), sodium dehydroacetate, sodium benzoate, sodium pyridinethion-1-oxide, ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one, And salts thereof.
  • a preservative and an antifungal agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the antiseptic and the antifungal agent is preferably 0.02% by mass to 1.00% by mass with respect to the total mass of the inkjet ink.
  • an aqueous organic solvent having a vapor pressure lower than that of water can be suitably used.
  • the inkjet ink contains an anti-drying agent, clogging due to drying of the ink can be prevented at the ejection port of the nozzle of the ejection head that ejects the ink when used for inkjet recording.
  • Specific examples of the drying inhibitor include, for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, thiodiglycol, dithiodiglycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2,6-hexanetriol.
  • Acetylene glycol derivatives, glycerin, polyhydric alcohols typified by trimethylolpropane, ethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl (or butyl) Lower alkyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols such as ether, heterocycles such as 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and N-ethylmorpholine, Horan, dimethyl sulfoxide, and sulfur-containing compounds such as sulfolane, diacetone alcohol, and polyfunctional compounds such as diethanolamine, and urea derivatives.
  • polyhydric alcohols typified by trimethylolpropane, ethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, triethylene glycol monoe
  • a drying inhibitor may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the drying inhibitor is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the inkjet ink.
  • PH adjuster As a pH adjuster, neutralizers, such as an organic base and an inorganic alkali, can be used, for example.
  • the storage stability of the inkjet ink can be improved by containing a pH adjuster in the inkjet ink.
  • the pH adjusting agent is preferably added so that the pH of the inkjet ink is 5 to 12, and more preferably added so that the pH is 5 to 9.
  • the surface tension adjusting agent examples include various surfactants such as nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, and anionic surfactants. Preferred examples of the surfactant are the same as those exemplified in the above-mentioned surfactant column.
  • the antifoaming agent fluorine-based and silicone-based compounds are preferable.
  • the ink jet ink used in the present invention is preferably adjusted to have a surface tension of 20 mN / m to 70 mN / m, and more preferably 25 mN / m to 60 mN / m.
  • the viscosity of the inkjet ink is preferably adjusted to 40 mPa ⁇ s or less, more preferably adjusted to 30 mPa ⁇ s or less, and particularly preferably adjusted to 20 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • Surface tension and viscosity are various additives such as viscosity modifiers, surface tension modifiers, specific resistance modifiers, film modifiers, UV absorbers, antioxidants, antifading agents, antifungal agents, and rust inhibitors. It can be adjusted by adding a dispersant, a surfactant and the like.
  • the chelating agent is preferably used for the purpose of preventing the generation of precipitates such as precipitates in the ink-jet ink, and for the purpose of improving storage stability and clogging recovery.
  • the metal ions Ca, Mg, Si, Fe, etc.
  • the metal ions contained in the ink can cause precipitation and reduce clogging recovery. It is known that it is necessary to manage below the amount.
  • a copper complex dye is used, even if the amount of metal ions is controlled, if the amount of free copper ions is not controlled, the occurrence of precipitates and a reduction in clogging recovery may be observed.
  • chelating agent examples include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), nitrilotriacetic acid, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, uramildiacetic acid, and metal salts thereof (for example, sodium salt).
  • the inkjet ink may contain a crosslinking agent for the purpose of improving the friction resistance of the colored substrate and the fastness to washing when the colored substrate is a cloth.
  • a crosslinking agent for the purpose of improving the friction resistance of the colored substrate and the fastness to washing when the colored substrate is a cloth.
  • the crosslinking agent include blocked isocyanate crosslinking agents (for example, Meikanate CX, TP-10, DM-35HC, SU-268A, etc., all manufactured by Meisei Kogyo Co., Ltd., trade names), and polyfunctional epoxy crosslinking agents (for example, , Denacor EX-313, 314, 322, 411, etc., all manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation, trade names).
  • the present invention also relates to a method for producing a printed material including the steps (A) and (B). It is preferable that the method for producing a printed material of the present invention further includes the step (C).
  • the printing method of this invention provides the said inkjet ink on a base material.
  • a base material used for the printing method of this invention Permeable base materials, such as normal papers, such as uncoated paper and a coated paper, and the cloth of various fiber types, are mentioned.
  • the polymerizable compound contained in the inkjet ink is polymerized and functions as a binder between the substrate and the dye polymer, the printing method of the present invention can form a non-permeable substrate having a high affinity with the polymerizable compound. It is also possible to use it.
  • a known substrate can be used without limitation, and examples thereof include synthetic resin, rubber, resin-coated paper, and metal.
  • synthetic resin known synthetic resins can be used without limitation.
  • the printing method of the present invention can be applied to various base materials, but is particularly suitable when a fabric is used as the base material.
  • Fabrics include synthetic fibers such as nylon, polyester and acrylonitrile, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate and rayon, natural fibers such as cotton, silk and wool, and mixed fibers, woven fabrics, knitted fabrics, non-woven fabrics, etc. Is mentioned. Apparel includes T-shirts, trainers, jerseys, pants, sweatsuits, dresses, blouses and the like. It is also suitable for bedding and handkerchiefs.
  • the printed matter produced by the printing method of the present invention or the printed matter production method has an excellent effect in any of the characteristics of pinning, color development, and friction resistance, the printing method of the present invention and the printed matter production method , And inkjet inks are of great value.
  • the present invention also relates to an ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink of the present invention, that is, an inkjet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P), a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
  • an inkjet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P), a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
  • the present invention also relates to a printed matter having an image including a dye polymer having a repeating unit including a structure derived from a dye and a polymer different from the dye polymer on at least a part of the surface of the substrate.
  • the polymer different from the dye polymer is preferably a polymer of the polymerizable compound.
  • the present invention also relates to a colored fabric having an image including a dye polymer having a repeating unit including a structure derived from a dye and a polymer different from the dye polymer on at least a part of the surface of the fabric.
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • reaction solution A was obtained by reacting at 85 ° C. for 1 hour. Thereafter, V-601 (0.098 g) was added to the reaction solution A, and the mixture was further reacted at 85 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain a reaction solution B.
  • the reaction solution B is allowed to cool to room temperature, poured into 500 mL of water to precipitate crystals, and the crystals are separated by filtration.
  • a yellow powder of Y-2-1) was obtained.
  • the yield of exemplary compound (Y-2-1) was 9.8 g.
  • the absorption maximum wavelength of the ultraviolet-visible absorption spectrum in a dilute solution of Exemplified Compound (Y-2-1) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) was 441 nm.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the exemplified compound (Y-2-1) as measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) was 10,500 (polystyrene conversion).
  • the mixture was poured into water and extracted with methylene chloride.
  • the obtained extract was washed in turn with a 1 mol / L hydrochloric acid aqueous solution and a 1 mol / L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
  • the obtained crude product was dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride capable of being dissolved, diethyl ether was added for precipitation, and the precipitate was filtered to obtain a white solid.
  • the resulting composite was examined using an infrared spectrophotometer the disappearance of the characteristic absorption 1250 cm -1 and 950 ⁇ 800 cm -1 of epoxide groups, and confirmed the presence of characteristic absorption 810 cm -1 for vinyl group .
  • poly (ethylene glycol) -poly (styrene-co-4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether-modified acrylic acid) was synthesized from poly (ethylene glycol) -poly (styrene-co-acrylic acid). It was.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • Poly (ethylene glycol) -poly (styrene-co-4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether-modified acrylic acid) is represented by the following formula.
  • the polymerizable polymer (B2) [poly (benzyl methacrylate-co-glycidyl methacrylate-modified methacrylic acid)] is represented by the following formula.
  • Example 1 Preparation of aqueous dispersion of dye polymer 0.25 g of exemplified compound (Y-2-1), 10 g of zirconia beads (product name: YTZ ball, diameter: 0.1 ⁇ m), 0.05 g of sodium oleate, 0.5 g of glycerin, and 4.2 g of ultrapure water was added and dispersed for 10 hours at a rotation speed of 400 rpm (rotation per minute) using a planetary fine pulverizer (Pulverset 7 manufactured by Fritsch). From the obtained dispersion, zirconia beads were removed using a filter cloth to obtain a dye polymer aqueous dispersion (1).
  • Dye polymer aqueous dispersion (1) 30g Amphiphilic UV curable resin (B1) 6g Polymerization initiator IRGACURE TPO (BASF, trade name) 2g Ethylene glycol 6g Surfactant BYK-349 (Bic Chemie, trade name) 2g 34g of ultrapure water
  • the prepared ink-jet ink (A1) was filled into an ink cartridge, and pinned using an ink-jet printer (Calario PX-045A, trade name, manufactured by Seiko Epson Corporation) remodeled so that the LED could be mounted.
  • Printing was performed on a polyvinyl chloride film (IMAGin JT 5829 R, manufactured by MACTAC) as a base material by a method including a step of performing irradiation of 100 mJ / cm 2 after 02 seconds.
  • the printed matter obtained above was dried at 20 ° C. for 24 hours, and then heat-pressed (trade name: tabletop automatic flat press machine AF-54TEN type, manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd.) at a temperature of 120 ° C. and a pressure of 0.20 N / A heat treatment was performed at cm 2 for 60 seconds to obtain a printed matter.
  • Example 2 A printed matter (colored fabric) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the base material in Example 1 was changed to a polyester fabric (polyester tropical (manufactured by Teijin), color dye company, product code A02-01019).
  • Example 3 A printed matter (colored fabric) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the base material in Example 1 was changed to a cotton fabric (with cotton broad sill, manufactured by Color Dyeing Co., Ltd., product code A02-01002).
  • Example 4 A printed material (Example 1) except that the base material in Example 1 was changed to a polyester 65% cotton 35% blend (mixed polyester 65 / cotton 35 broad, manufactured by Color Dye, product code A02-01030). A colored cloth) was obtained.
  • Example 5 A printed matter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the type of the dye polymer in Example 1 was changed to the exemplary compound (Y-1-3).
  • Example 6 A printed matter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the type of the dye polymer in Example 1 was changed to (Y-2-2).
  • Example 7 A printed matter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the type of the dye polymer in Example 1 was changed to the exemplary compound (B-2-2).
  • Example 8 A printed matter was obtained in the same manner except that the amphiphilic UV curable resin (B1) of Example 1 was changed to the polymerizable polymer (B2).
  • Example 9 A printed matter was obtained in the same manner except that the amphiphilic UV curable resin (B1) of Example 1 was changed to a water-soluble polyfunctional monomer FAM-402 (trade name, manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation).
  • Example 10 A printed matter was obtained in the same manner except that the amphiphilic UV curable resin (B1) of Example 1 was changed to a water-soluble bifunctional monomer FAM-201 (trade name, manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation).
  • Example 11 A printed matter was obtained in the same manner except that the amphiphilic UV curable resin (B1) of Example 1 was replaced with a water-soluble monopolyfunctional monomer FAM-101 (trade name, manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation).
  • Example 12 A colored fabric was obtained in the same manner except that the dispersion time of the dye polymer (Y-2-1) of Example 1 was changed from 10 hours to 30 minutes. A slight print image defect was observed in the obtained colored fabric.
  • an amphiphilic block polymer emulsion containing the photopolymerization initiator and the pigment, that is, a photopolymerizable polymer micelle solution After ultrasonic mixing, 51 g of water was gradually added thereto to prepare an amphiphilic block polymer emulsion containing the photopolymerization initiator and the pigment, that is, a photopolymerizable polymer micelle solution.
  • the prepared photopolymerizable polymer micelle solution was mixed with the following components to prepare an inkjet ink (R1).
  • Printing was performed by performing steps (A), (B), and (C) in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the inkjet ink (A1) in Example 1 was changed to inkjet ink (R1).
  • Friction resistance Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) L0849: 2013, against friction Dye fastness test method (Friction tester type II (Gakushin type) method)
  • JIS Japanese Industrial Standard
  • Friction tester type II Gashin type
  • the average particle diameter of the dye polymer shown in Table 1 below indicates a measured value of the average particle diameter in the aqueous dispersion of each prepared dye polymer.
  • the printing method according to the embodiment of the present invention gives a printed matter excellent in pinning property, color development property, and abrasion resistance.
  • the colored cloth was evaluated by the following method.
  • the evaluation of the colored fabric is a series performed as follows. The higher the series, the better the color fastness. Washing resistance: Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) L0844: 2011, Dye fastness test method for washing (A-2 test) -Sweat resistance: JIS L0848: 2004, Dye fastness test method for sweat (acidic and alkaline) -Friction resistance: JIS L0849: 2013, Dye fastness test method for friction (Friction tester type II (Gakushin type) method) -Dry cleaning resistance: JIS 0860: 2008, Dye fastness test method for dry cleaning (A-2 test)
  • the printing method according to the embodiment of the present invention gives a colored cloth having excellent image fastness.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a printing method and a printed matter manufacturing method that are excellent in pinning property, coloring property, and friction resistance.
  • the inkjet ink which can provide the printed matter excellent in pinning property, coloring property, and abrasion resistance, the ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink, printed matter, and a colored cloth can be provided. .

Abstract

A printing method and a method for producing a printed material, which have excellent pinning properties, color developability and friction resistance are able to be provided by a printing method and a method for producing a printed material, each of which comprises the steps (A) and (B) described below, an inkjet ink used in these method, an ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink, a printed material and a colored fabric. In addition, the present invention is able to provide: an inkjet ink which enables the achievement of a printed material that has excellent pinning properties, color developability and friction resistance; an ink cartridge filled with this inkjet ink; a printed material; and a colored fabric. Step (A): a step for applying an inkjet ink to a substrate by an inkjet method, said inkjet ink containing a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P) having a repeating unit that contains a structure derived from a dye Step (B): a light irradiation step

Description

[規則37.2に基づきISAが決定した発明の名称] 印刷方法、インクジェットインク及び着色布[Name of invention determined by ISA based on Rule 37.2] Printing method, inkjet ink and colored fabric
 本発明は、印刷方法、印刷物の製造方法、インクジェットインク、インクカートリッジ、印刷物、及び着色布に関する。 The present invention relates to a printing method, a printed material manufacturing method, an inkjet ink, an ink cartridge, a printed material, and a colored cloth.
 インクジェット記録方法は、微細なノズルヘッドからインクの小滴を吐出して飛翔させ、基材に付着させて印刷を行う方法である。このインクジェット記録方法は、高解像度かつ高品位な画像を、高速で印刷可能であるという特徴を有するものである。 The ink jet recording method is a method of performing printing by ejecting small droplets of ink from a fine nozzle head, causing them to fly, and adhering to a substrate. This ink jet recording method is characterized in that a high-resolution and high-quality image can be printed at high speed.
 インクジェット記録方法で使用されるインクとしては、着色剤として顔料又は染料を用いた水性インクが広く利用されている。水性インクは、安全性、環境問題の点では優れているが、上質紙、普通紙に印字した場合に滲みが発生しやすいという問題がある。また、インクを吸収しない記録媒体、例えば高分子樹脂フィルム、陶器、ガラス基板上では、印字したインクを定着できないといった問題が生じ得る。このような問題を解決するため、着色剤、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含む水性の光硬化型インクが提案されている。 As inks used in the ink jet recording method, water-based inks using pigments or dyes as colorants are widely used. Water-based inks are excellent in terms of safety and environmental problems, but have a problem that bleeding tends to occur when printing on high-quality paper or plain paper. Further, there may be a problem that the printed ink cannot be fixed on a recording medium that does not absorb ink, for example, a polymer resin film, earthenware, or a glass substrate. In order to solve such a problem, an aqueous photocurable ink containing a colorant, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator has been proposed.
 例えば、特許文献1には、色材、重合性化合物、及び光重合開始剤を含む水系インク組成物が記載されている。また、特許文献2には、染料、重合性化合物、及び光重合開始剤を含む捺染用インク組成物が記載されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 describes a water-based ink composition containing a color material, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator. Patent Document 2 describes an ink composition for textile printing containing a dye, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator.
 なお、特許文献3には、ポリマー骨格に特定の染料が連結した特定の構造を有するポリマーを含有するインクジェットインクが記載されている。
 また、特許文献4には、着色剤の構造を有するポリウレタンを含むインクジェットインクが記載されている。
Patent Document 3 describes an ink-jet ink containing a polymer having a specific structure in which a specific dye is linked to a polymer skeleton.
Patent Document 4 describes an ink-jet ink containing polyurethane having a colorant structure.
日本国特開2016-089123号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2016-089123 日本国特開2016-060815号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2016-060815 日本国特表2004-534106号公報Japan Special Table 2004-534106 日本国特表2002-509957号公報Japan Special Table 2002-509957
 しかしながら、従来公知の顔料を用いたインクでは、インクの発色性及び得られた画像の耐摩擦性が不十分であるという問題がある。また、光硬化型インクを半硬化状態にするために紫外線などの光を照射する、いわゆるピニングという操作が行われることがあるが、顔料と重合性化合物との親和性が低く、光硬化時に顔料の凝集ムラが発生する(ピニング性に劣る)という問題についても十分に解決されていない。一方、従来公知の染料を用いたインクでは、染料の重合禁止能によりピニング性に劣る、またピニングにより染色性が悪化し、得られた画像の耐摩擦性に劣るという問題がある。 However, inks using conventionally known pigments have a problem that the color developability of the ink and the friction resistance of the obtained image are insufficient. In addition, in order to make the photocurable ink into a semi-cured state, an operation such as so-called pinning, which is irradiated with light such as ultraviolet rays, may be performed, but the affinity between the pigment and the polymerizable compound is low, and the pigment is used during photocuring. The problem of the occurrence of non-uniform aggregation (poor pinning property) has not been sufficiently solved. On the other hand, in the ink using a conventionally known dye, there is a problem that the pinning property is inferior due to the ability of the dye to inhibit polymerization, and the dyeing property is deteriorated by the pinning, resulting in inferior abrasion resistance of the obtained image.
 本発明の課題は、発色性及び耐摩擦性が良好であり、かつピニング性に優れた印刷方法、及び印刷物の製造方法を提供することにある。また、本発明の別の課題は、発色性及び耐摩擦性が良好であり、かつピニング性に優れた印刷物を提供できるインクジェットインク、インクジェットインクを充填したインクカートリッジ、印刷物、及び着色布を提供することである。 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a printing method and a printed matter manufacturing method that have good color developability and friction resistance and excellent pinning properties. Another object of the present invention is to provide an inkjet ink, an ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink, a printed matter, and a colored cloth that can provide a printed matter having good color development and friction resistance and excellent pinning properties. That is.
 本発明者らは、上記課題を解決するため鋭意研究を重ね、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマーの水分散体、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含むインクを用いて、インクジェット法で基材に印刷する方法により、ピニング性、発色性、及び耐摩擦性に優れた印刷物が得られることを見出した。
 また、基材が布帛である場合には、得られる画像の耐洗濯性、耐汗性、耐摩擦性、及び耐ドライクリーニング性などの堅牢性が著しく改善することを見出した。
 上記方法により上記課題が解決できるメカニズムとして、詳細は不明であるが、本発明者らは以下のように推測している。
 染料ポリマー、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を併用すると、ピニング処理、または熱処理を行うことで、基材の表面に重合性化合物により形成されたポリマーと、染料ポリマーが絡み合いながら相溶し、三次元的な緻密なポリマー膜が形成され、画像の耐摩擦性が向上するものと考えられる。また、染料ポリマーは染料に由来する構造を有しており、発色性に優れ、かつポリマーであるため重合性化合物との相溶性にも優れ、ピニング性が良好である。
 本発明の課題は、具体的には下記の手段によって達成された。
In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have conducted intensive research and used an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye, a polymerizable compound, and an ink containing a polymerization initiator, It has been found that a printed matter excellent in pinning property, color developability and friction resistance can be obtained by a method of printing on a substrate by an ink jet method.
In addition, when the substrate is a fabric, it has been found that fastness such as washing resistance, sweat resistance, friction resistance, and dry cleaning resistance of the obtained image is remarkably improved.
Although details are unknown as a mechanism by which the above problem can be solved by the above method, the present inventors presume as follows.
When a dye polymer, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator are used in combination, a pinning treatment or a heat treatment is performed, so that the polymer formed by the polymerizable compound on the surface of the substrate and the dye polymer are intertwined with each other, and the tertiary It is thought that an original dense polymer film is formed and the friction resistance of the image is improved. In addition, the dye polymer has a structure derived from a dye, has excellent color developability, and since it is a polymer, it has excellent compatibility with a polymerizable compound and has good pinning properties.
Specifically, the object of the present invention has been achieved by the following means.
<1>
 下記工程(A)及び(B)を含む印刷方法。
 工程(A):基材に、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含むインクジェットインクをインクジェット法で付与する工程
 工程(B):光照射工程
<2>
 更に、工程(C)熱処理工程を含む<1>に記載の印刷方法。
<3>
 上記基材が布帛である<1>又は<2>に記載の印刷方法。
<4>
 上記工程(C)の熱処理の温度が50℃以上250℃未満である<2>に記載の印刷方法。
<5>
 上記水分散体における上記染料ポリマー(P)が粒子状の染料ポリマーであり、上記粒子状の染料ポリマーの平均粒子径が、50~500nmである<1>~<4>のいずれか1項に記載の印刷方法。
<6>
 上記染料ポリマー(P)の重量平均分子量が3,000~200,000である<1>~<5>のいずれか1項に記載の印刷方法。
<7>
 上記重合性化合物の含有量が、上記インクジェットインク全量に対して、1~30質量%である<1>~<6>のいずれか1項に記載の印刷方法。
<8>
 下記工程(A)及び(B)を含む印刷物の製造方法。
 工程(A):布帛に、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含むインクジェットインクをインクジェット法で付与する工程
 工程(B):光照射工程
<9>
 更に、工程(C)熱処理工程を含む<8>に記載の印刷物の製造方法。
<10>
 染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含むインクジェットインク。
<11>
 捺染用である、<10>に記載のインクジェットインク。
<12>
 <10>又は<11>に記載のインクジェットインクを充填したインクカートリッジ。
<13>
 基材の少なくとも一部の表面に、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマーと、上記染料ポリマーとは異なるポリマーとを含む画像を有する印刷物。
<14>
 布帛の少なくとも一部の表面に、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマーと、上記染料ポリマーとは異なるポリマーとを含む画像を有する着色布。
<1>
A printing method comprising the following steps (A) and (B).
Step (A): A step of applying an ink jet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P) having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator to the substrate by an ink jet method. (B): Light irradiation step <2>
Furthermore, the printing method as described in <1> including a process (C) heat processing process.
<3>
The printing method according to <1> or <2>, wherein the substrate is a fabric.
<4>
The printing method according to <2>, wherein the temperature of the heat treatment in the step (C) is 50 ° C. or higher and lower than 250 ° C.
<5>
Any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the dye polymer (P) in the aqueous dispersion is a particulate dye polymer, and the average particle diameter of the particulate dye polymer is 50 to 500 nm. The printing method described.
<6>
The printing method according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the dye polymer (P) has a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 to 200,000.
<7>
The printing method according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the content of the polymerizable compound is 1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total amount of the inkjet ink.
<8>
The manufacturing method of printed matter including the following process (A) and (B).
Step (A): A step of applying an inkjet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P) having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator to the fabric by an inkjet method. B): Light irradiation step <9>
Furthermore, the manufacturing method of the printed matter as described in <8> including a process (C) heat processing process.
<10>
An ink-jet ink comprising an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P) having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
<11>
The inkjet ink according to <10>, which is for textile printing.
<12>
An ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink according to <10> or <11>.
<13>
A printed matter having an image containing a dye polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a polymer different from the dye polymer on at least a part of the surface of the substrate.
<14>
A colored cloth having an image containing a dye polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a polymer different from the dye polymer on at least a part of the surface of the cloth.
 本発明によれば、ピニング性、発色性、及び耐摩擦性に優れた、印刷方法、及び印刷物の製造方法を提供することができる。また、本発明によれば、ピニング性、発色性、及び耐摩擦性に優れた印刷物を提供することができるインクジェットインク、インクジェットインクを充填したインクカートリッジ、印刷物、及び着色布を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a printing method and a printed matter manufacturing method that are excellent in pinning property, coloring property, and friction resistance. Moreover, according to this invention, the inkjet ink which can provide the printed matter excellent in pinning property, coloring property, and abrasion resistance, the ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink, printed matter, and a colored cloth can be provided. .
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」はアクリレート及びメタクリレートの少なくとも一種を表し、「(メタ)アクリル」はアクリル及びメタクリルの少なくとも一種を表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの少なくとも一種を表す。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
In this specification, a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents at least one of acrylate and methacrylate, “(meth) acryl” represents at least one of acryl and methacryl, and “(meth) acryloyl” represents at least acryloyl and methacryloyl. Represents a kind.
〔印刷方法〕
 本発明の印刷方法は、下記工程(A)及び(B)を含む印刷方法である。
[Printing method]
The printing method of the present invention is a printing method including the following steps (A) and (B).
 工程(A):基材に、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含むインクジェットインクをインクジェット法で付与する工程
 工程(B):光照射工程
Step (A): A step of applying an ink jet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P) having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator to the substrate by an ink jet method. (B): Light irradiation process
<工程(A)>
 工程(A)は、基材に、染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含むインクジェットインクをインクジェット法で付与する工程である。
<Process (A)>
Step (A) is a step of applying an inkjet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer (P), a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator to the substrate by an inkjet method.
<工程(B)>
 工程(B)は、光照射工程であり、より具体的には、上記インクジェットインクが付与された基材に対し、光(典型的には活性光線)を照射することにより、インクジェットインクにより形成される画像を硬化する工程である。これは、上記インクジェットインクに含まれる重合開始剤が活性光線の照射により分解して、ラジカルなどの重合開始種を発生し、その重合開始種の機能に重合性化合物の重合反応が、生起、促進されるためである。
<Process (B)>
Step (B) is a light irradiation step. More specifically, the step (B) is formed by inkjet ink by irradiating light (typically actinic rays) to the substrate to which the inkjet ink is applied. This is a step of curing the image. This is because the polymerization initiator contained in the inkjet ink is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays to generate polymerization initiation species such as radicals, and the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound occurs and accelerates in the function of the polymerization initiation species. It is to be done.
 重合性化合物の重合反応を進行させ、インクジェットインクにより形成される画像を硬化させる印刷方法においては、光照射による画像硬化が好ましい。光照射による画像硬化は高速で進行するため、乾燥(硬化)システムを大幅に簡易化することができる。本発明の印刷方法においては、上記重合反応を工程(B)において完遂してもよく、上記重合反応の一部を工程(B)で行ってもよい。 In a printing method in which a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound proceeds to cure an image formed with an inkjet ink, image curing by light irradiation is preferable. Since image curing by light irradiation proceeds at high speed, the drying (curing) system can be greatly simplified. In the printing method of the present invention, the polymerization reaction may be completed in step (B), or a part of the polymerization reaction may be performed in step (B).
 本発明の印刷方法の工程(B)においては、上記重合性化合物の重合反応を進行させ、インクジェットインクにより形成される画像を完全硬化させることが、好ましい第一の態様として挙げられる。
 また、工程(B)として、上記重合反応の一部を工程(B)で行い、後述する工程(C)において、インクジェットインクにより形成される画像の未硬化部分を熱処理により硬化させることが好ましい第二の態様として挙げられる。
 熱処理により染料ポリマーが溶融し完全硬化を容易とする観点から、上記第二の態様がより好ましい。
In the step (B) of the printing method of the present invention, a preferable first aspect is to proceed the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound to completely cure the image formed by the inkjet ink.
Further, as the step (B), it is preferable that a part of the polymerization reaction is performed in the step (B), and an uncured portion of the image formed by the ink jet ink is cured by heat treatment in the step (C) described later. It is mentioned as 2nd aspect.
From the viewpoint of facilitating complete curing by melting the dye polymer by heat treatment, the second embodiment is more preferable.
~予硬化工程~
 工程(B)の好ましい第一の態様においては、基材上に付与されたインクジェットインクを予硬化する予硬化工程を設けることが好ましい。
 予硬化工程は、例えば、2色以上のインクジェットインクを用いて画像形成する場合においては、基材の上に第1のインクジェットインクを付与後、第2のインクジェットインクを付与する前に、第1のインクジェットインクに光照射(ピニング露光ともいう。)して予硬化することが好ましい。ピニング露光とは、基材に付与されたインクジェットインクに、完全硬化するには不充分な光量の光で部分硬化させる露光方法である。
 2色以上の画像を形成する場合に、1色ごとにピニング露光することにより基材上のインクは増粘するため、色間のいわゆるカラーブリードの発生を抑えることができる。
~ Pre-curing process ~
In a preferred first embodiment of the step (B), it is preferable to provide a pre-curing step for pre-curing the inkjet ink applied on the substrate.
For example, in the case of forming an image using two or more colors of ink-jet ink, the pre-curing step is performed after applying the first ink-jet ink on the substrate and before applying the second ink-jet ink. The inkjet ink is preferably pre-cured by light irradiation (also referred to as pinning exposure). Pinning exposure is an exposure method in which ink jet ink applied to a substrate is partially cured with a light amount that is insufficient for complete curing.
When an image of two or more colors is formed, the ink on the base material is thickened by performing pinning exposure for each color, so that occurrence of so-called color bleeding between colors can be suppressed.
 予硬化させるためのピニング露光の露光量としては、後述する硬化工程で本硬化するための露光量に対して半分以下が好ましく、4分の1以下が更に好ましい。 The exposure amount of pinning exposure for pre-curing is preferably less than half of the exposure amount for main curing in the curing step described later, and more preferably less than one-quarter.
 予硬化させるために使用する光源としては、インクジェットインクの重合硬化を促進する波長光を発する光源であれば、特に制限はなく、例えば後述する硬化工程で使用可能な光源と同様の光源を適用することができる。 The light source used for pre-curing is not particularly limited as long as it is a light source that emits light having a wavelength that promotes polymerization and curing of the ink jet ink. be able to.
 インクジェットインクの着弾から活性光線照射までの時間、及び活性光線照射時間については、後述する硬化工程における好ましい時間を適用することができる。 As the time from the landing of the ink-jet ink to the actinic ray irradiation and the actinic ray irradiation time, preferred times in the curing step described later can be applied.
~硬化工程~
 上記第一の態様においては、基材上に付与されたインクジェットインクにより形成される画像を工程(B)において完全硬化させる。
~ Curing process ~
In said 1st aspect, the image formed with the inkjet ink provided on the base material is fully hardened in a process (B).
 活性光線は、α線、γ線、電子線、X線、紫外線(UV)、可視光又は赤外光などが好適である。活性光線のピーク波長は、増感剤の吸収特性にもよるが、例えば、200~600nmが好ましく、300~450nmがより好ましく、320~420nmが更に好ましく、活性光線がピーク波長340~400nmの紫外線であることが特に好ましい。 The actinic rays are preferably α rays, γ rays, electron beams, X rays, ultraviolet rays (UV), visible light or infrared light. The peak wavelength of the actinic ray depends on the absorption characteristics of the sensitizer, but is preferably 200 to 600 nm, more preferably 300 to 450 nm, still more preferably 320 to 420 nm, and the actinic ray is an ultraviolet ray having a peak wavelength of 340 to 400 nm. It is particularly preferred that
 また、本発明に用いられる上記インクジェットインクの露光面照度としては、10mW/cm~4,000mW/cmが好ましく、より好ましくは20mW/cm~2,500mW/cmである。 As the illumination intensity on the exposed surface of the ink-jet ink used in the present invention is preferably 10mW / cm 2 ~ 4,000mW / cm 2, more preferably 20mW / cm 2 ~ 2,500mW / cm 2.
 活性光線源としては、水銀ランプ、ガス又は固体レーザー等が主に利用されており、紫外線光硬化型インクジェットインクの硬化に使用される光源としては、水銀ランプ、メタルハライドランプが広く知られている。しかしながら、現在環境保護の観点から水銀フリー化が強く望まれており、GaN系半導体紫外発光デバイスへの置き換えは産業的、環境的にも非常に有用である。
 また、発光ダイオード(LED)及びレーザーダイオード(LD)を活性光線源として用いることが可能である。これらは、小型、高寿命、高効率、低コストであり、光硬化型インクジェット用光源として期待されている。特に、紫外線源を要する場合、紫外LED及び紫外LDを使用することができる。さらに一層短い波長が必要とされる場合、米国特許第6,084,250号明細書には、300nmと370nmとの間に中心付けされた活性光線を放出し得るLEDが開示されている。また、他の紫外LEDも、入手可能であり、異なる紫外線帯域の放射を照射することができる。本発明で特に好ましい活性光線源はUV-LEDであり、特に好ましくは340~400nmにピーク波長を有するUV-LEDである。
 なお、LEDの基材上での最高照度は、10mW/cm~2000mW/cmであることが好ましく、20mW/cm~1000mW/cmであることがより好ましく、50mW/cm~800mW/cmであることが特に好ましい。
Mercury lamps, gas or solid lasers are mainly used as actinic light sources, and mercury lamps and metal halide lamps are widely known as light sources used for curing ultraviolet light curable inkjet inks. However, from the viewpoint of environmental protection, mercury-free is strongly desired, and replacement with a GaN-based semiconductor ultraviolet light-emitting device is very useful industrially and environmentally.
In addition, a light emitting diode (LED) and a laser diode (LD) can be used as the active light source. These are small, have a long service life, have high efficiency, and are low in cost, and are expected as light sources for photo-curable ink jets. In particular, when an ultraviolet light source is required, an ultraviolet LED and an ultraviolet LD can be used. When even shorter wavelengths are required, US Pat. No. 6,084,250 discloses an LED that can emit active light centered between 300 nm and 370 nm. Other ultraviolet LEDs are also available and can emit radiation in different ultraviolet bands. The actinic ray source particularly preferred in the present invention is a UV-LED, and particularly preferably a UV-LED having a peak wavelength at 340 to 400 nm.
The maximum illumination intensity on the LED substrate is preferably 10mW / cm 2 ~ 2000mW / cm 2, more preferably 20mW / cm 2 ~ 1000mW / cm 2, 50mW / cm 2 ~ 800mW / Cm 2 is particularly preferred.
 本発明に用いられる上記インクジェットインクは、このような活性光線に、好ましくは0.01秒~120秒、より好ましくは0.1秒~90秒照射されることが適当である。
 活性光線の照射条件並びに基本的な照射方法は、特開昭60-132767号公報に開示されている。具体的には、インクジェットインクの吐出装置を含むヘッドユニットの両側に光源を設け、いわゆるシャトル方式でヘッドユニットと光源を走査することによって行われる。活性光線の照射は、インクジェットインクの着弾後、一定時間(好ましくは0.01秒~0.5秒、より好ましくは0.01秒~0.3秒、更に好ましくは0.01秒~0.15秒)をおいて行われることになる。このようにインクジェットインクの着弾から照射までの時間を極短時間に制御することにより、記録媒体に着弾したインクジェットインクが硬化前に滲むことを防止することが可能となる。また、多孔質な基材に対しても光源の届かない深部までインクジェットインクが浸透する前に露光することができるため、未反応モノマーの残留を抑えることができるので好ましい。
 さらに、駆動を伴わない別光源によって硬化を完了させてもよい。照射方法としては、例えば国際公開第99/54415号パンフレットに記載されているように、光ファイバーを用いた方法やコリメートされた光源をヘッドユニット側面に設けた鏡面に当て、記録部へUVを照射する方法も適用することができる。
The inkjet ink used in the present invention is suitably irradiated with such actinic rays preferably for 0.01 seconds to 120 seconds, more preferably for 0.1 seconds to 90 seconds.
An actinic ray irradiation condition and a basic irradiation method are disclosed in JP-A-60-132767. Specifically, the light source is provided on both sides of the head unit including the ink jet ink ejection device, and the head unit and the light source are scanned by a so-called shuttle method. Irradiation with actinic rays is performed for a certain time (preferably 0.01 seconds to 0.5 seconds, more preferably 0.01 seconds to 0.3 seconds, still more preferably 0.01 seconds to 0. 15 seconds). Thus, by controlling the time from the landing of the ink jet ink to the irradiation in an extremely short time, it is possible to prevent the ink jet ink that has landed on the recording medium from spreading before being cured. Moreover, since it can expose before an inkjet ink osmose | permeates to the deep part which a light source does not reach also with respect to a porous base material, since the residue of an unreacted monomer can be suppressed, it is preferable.
Further, curing may be completed by another light source that is not driven. As an irradiation method, for example, as described in the pamphlet of International Publication No. 99/54415, a method using an optical fiber or a collimated light source is applied to a mirror surface provided on the side of the head unit, and the recording unit is irradiated with UV. Methods can also be applied.
 また、活性光線を照射する際に、被記録媒体の表面周辺の雰囲気を貧酸素雰囲気とすることも好ましい。硬化雰囲気の酸素濃度を抑えることで、硬化に必要な活性光線のエネルギーを小さくすることができる。 It is also preferable that the atmosphere around the surface of the recording medium is an oxygen-poor atmosphere when irradiated with actinic rays. By suppressing the oxygen concentration in the curing atmosphere, the energy of actinic rays necessary for curing can be reduced.
 工程(B)の第二の態様は、重合性化合物の重合反応の一部のみを工程(B)で行い、インクジェットインクにより形成される画像の硬化を部分的に行うものである。硬化条件(露光量、インクジェットインク着弾後の露光までの時間、露光時間)、硬化させるために使用する光源については、上記第一の態様における予硬化工程に記載の硬化条件、光源であることが好ましい。すなわち、好ましい第二の態様は、工程(B)において基材に付与したインクジェットインクをピニング露光により仮固めし、工程(C)においてピニングしたインクジェットインクの硬化を完遂させるものである。 In the second aspect of the step (B), only a part of the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound is performed in the step (B), and the image formed by the inkjet ink is partially cured. Curing conditions (exposure amount, time until exposure after ink jet ink landing, exposure time) and the light source used for curing may be the curing conditions and light source described in the pre-curing step in the first aspect. preferable. That is, a preferred second embodiment is one in which the inkjet ink applied to the substrate in the step (B) is temporarily hardened by pinning exposure, and the curing of the inkjet ink pinned in the step (C) is completed.
 また、工程(B)の後、下記工程(C)の前に、必要により基材の乾燥工程を設けてもよい。乾燥温度は10~100℃が好ましく、15~80℃がより好ましく、20~60℃が特に好ましい。乾燥時間として好ましくは1~24時間であり、より好ましくは2~18時間であり、特に好ましくは2~12時間である。乾燥工程を設けることによって印刷画像の鮮鋭性(シャープネス)に優れるために好ましい。 Further, after the step (B), before the following step (C), a substrate drying step may be provided if necessary. The drying temperature is preferably 10 to 100 ° C, more preferably 15 to 80 ° C, and particularly preferably 20 to 60 ° C. The drying time is preferably 1 to 24 hours, more preferably 2 to 18 hours, and particularly preferably 2 to 12 hours. It is preferable to provide a drying step because the sharpness of the printed image is excellent.
<工程(C)>
 本発明の印刷方法は、更に、工程(C)として、熱処理工程を含むことが好ましい。特に、基材に画像を印刷した後に、熱処理工程を行うことで、粒子状の染料ポリマーを溶融(もしくは軟化)させ、基材との密着性を高めることができる(すなわち、熱処理することにより、溶融染着させることができる)。
 工程(C)における熱処理の温度としては、50℃以上250℃未満であることが好ましく、60~200℃であることがより好ましく、80~180℃であることが更に好ましい。上記範囲とすることで、本発明の効果を十分に発揮できるようになる。また、熱処理の時間としては、15~360秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましい。この範囲にすることで、本発明の効果を十分にかつ安定に発揮できる。熱処理時間が長すぎると布帛へのダメージが大きく、布帛の風合いが悪くなり、熱処理時間が短すぎると十分に重合反応が完遂せずに本発明の効果を発揮することができない。
 熱処理工程は上記の温度で行うことが好ましいため、染料ポリマーは250℃未満で溶融することが好ましく、200℃以下で溶融することがより好ましく、180℃以下で溶融することが更に好ましい。
 染料ポリマーが特定の温度で溶融するかは、融点測定機により染料ポリマーを10℃/minで特定温度まで昇温し、染料ポリマーの状態を目視することで確認できる。
 また、工程(B)の上記第二の態様においては、この熱処理工程において、未反応であった重合性化合物の重合反応を促進させ、画像硬化させることが好ましい。そのため、重合性化合物は、光重合性化合物であると同時に熱重合性化合物であることも好ましい。
<Process (C)>
The printing method of the present invention preferably further includes a heat treatment step as step (C). In particular, by performing a heat treatment step after printing an image on the substrate, the particulate dye polymer can be melted (or softened), and the adhesion to the substrate can be improved (that is, by heat treatment, Can be melt dyed).
The temperature of the heat treatment in the step (C) is preferably 50 ° C. or higher and lower than 250 ° C., more preferably 60 to 200 ° C., and further preferably 80 to 180 ° C. By setting it as the said range, the effect of this invention can fully be exhibited. The heat treatment time is preferably 15 to 360 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds. By setting it within this range, the effect of the present invention can be sufficiently and stably exhibited. If the heat treatment time is too long, the fabric is greatly damaged and the texture of the fabric is deteriorated. If the heat treatment time is too short, the polymerization reaction is not completed sufficiently and the effects of the present invention cannot be exhibited.
Since the heat treatment step is preferably performed at the above temperature, the dye polymer is preferably melted at less than 250 ° C, more preferably melted at 200 ° C or less, and further preferably melted at 180 ° C or less.
Whether the dye polymer melts at a specific temperature can be confirmed by raising the temperature of the dye polymer to a specific temperature at 10 ° C./min with a melting point measuring instrument and visually checking the state of the dye polymer.
In the second aspect of the step (B), it is preferable to accelerate the polymerization reaction of the unreacted polymerizable compound in this heat treatment step and to cure the image. Therefore, the polymerizable compound is preferably a photopolymerizable compound and a thermopolymerizable compound at the same time.
<後処理>
 基材が布帛である場合、本発明の印刷方法(この場合は捺染方法でもある)により着色した布帛(着色布)は、風合いの柔軟性及び堅牢性に優れるが、必要に応じて、着色布に後処理剤を全面にパディング処理することで、風合いの柔軟性及び堅牢性(特に耐摩擦性)が、更に向上した着色布を得ることができる。柔軟化を目的とした後処理剤としては、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、非イオン系界面活性剤、ジメチルシリコーンオイル、アミノシリコーンオイル、カルボキシ変性シリコーンオイル、ヒドロキシ変性シリコーンオイル、脂肪酸、脂肪酸アマイド、鉱物油、植物油、動物油、可塑剤などが挙げられる。
 また、着色布表面のスベリ性を向上させる目的の後処理剤としては、金属石鹸、パラフィンワックス、カルナバワックス、マイクロスタリンワックス、ジメチルシリコーンオイル、アミノシリコーンオイル、カルボキシ変性シリコーンオイル、ヒドロキシ変性シリコーンオイルなどが挙げられる。
 パディング処理は、これらの後処理剤を水溶媒にミキサー攪拌により乳化、熱乳化、又は分散したものに、着色布を浸漬しマングル等で絞り乾燥、熱処理を加えて処理する。
 また、後処理剤中に固着剤として樹脂エマルジョンを少量配合することにより、着色布の耐摩擦性を向上させることができる。後処理剤に対しての配合量は5%未満が好ましく、これにより着色布の風合いの柔らかさが損なわれにくいため好ましい。
 後処理剤に固着剤として配合する樹脂エマルジョンとしては、特に限定するものではないが、アクリル酸エステル樹脂エマルジョン、ウレタン樹脂エマルジョン、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合樹脂(EVA樹脂)エマルジョン、シリコーン/アクリル樹脂エマルジョン、ポリエステル樹脂エマルジョンなどを用いることができ、着色布の風合いを柔らかくするために、これ等の樹脂エマルジョンのガラス転移点が0℃以下であることが好ましい。
<Post-processing>
When the substrate is a fabric, the fabric (colored fabric) colored by the printing method of the present invention (which is also a textile printing method in this case) is excellent in the flexibility and fastness of the texture. Further, by performing padding treatment on the entire surface of the post-treatment agent, it is possible to obtain a colored cloth having further improved texture flexibility and fastness (particularly friction resistance). Post-treatment agents for the purpose of softening include cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, dimethyl silicone oil, amino silicone oil, carboxy modified silicone oil, hydroxy modified silicone oil, fatty acid , Fatty acid amide, mineral oil, vegetable oil, animal oil, plasticizer and the like.
Further, as a post-treatment agent for improving the smoothness of the colored fabric surface, metal soap, paraffin wax, carnauba wax, microstalline wax, dimethyl silicone oil, amino silicone oil, carboxy modified silicone oil, hydroxy modified silicone oil, etc. Is mentioned.
In the padding treatment, these post-treatment agents are emulsified, thermally emulsified, or dispersed in a water solvent by stirring with a mixer, and a colored cloth is dipped, dried with mangles, dried and heat treated.
Moreover, the friction resistance of a colored cloth can be improved by mix | blending a small amount of resin emulsion as a fixing agent in a post-processing agent. The blending amount with respect to the post-treatment agent is preferably less than 5%, which is preferable because the softness of the texture of the colored fabric is not easily impaired.
The resin emulsion blended into the post-treatment agent as a sticking agent is not particularly limited, but is an acrylic ester resin emulsion, a urethane resin emulsion, an ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer resin (EVA resin) emulsion, a silicone / acrylic resin emulsion. Polyester resin emulsion or the like can be used, and in order to soften the texture of the colored cloth, the glass transition point of these resin emulsions is preferably 0 ° C. or lower.
 以下、本発明に用いる各成分について詳しく説明する。 Hereinafter, each component used in the present invention will be described in detail.
 本発明の印刷方法に用いるインクジェットインクは、基材上における画像の定着性、耐摩擦性を高める目的で重合性化合物及び重合開始剤を含有する。
 本発明の印刷方法においては、重合性化合物及び重合開始剤は、光重合性であっても、熱重合性であってもよいが、上記工程(B)の光照射によって画像硬化が進行するよう、光重合性化合物及び光重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
 光重合性化合物は、さらに熱重合性化合物であることも好ましい。熱重合性を有することにより、上記工程(C)においても重合反応を進行させることが可能となる。
The ink-jet ink used in the printing method of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator for the purpose of improving the fixability of the image on the substrate and the friction resistance.
In the printing method of the present invention, the polymerizable compound and the polymerization initiator may be photopolymerizable or heat polymerizable, but image curing proceeds by light irradiation in the step (B). The photopolymerizable compound and the photopolymerization initiator are preferred.
It is also preferable that the photopolymerizable compound is a thermopolymerizable compound. By having thermal polymerizability, the polymerization reaction can be advanced also in the step (C).
<重合性化合物>
 本発明に用いるインクジェットインクは、重合性化合物としてエチレン性不飽和結合を有する水溶性の光重合性化合物の少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。
 上記重合性化合物は、分子中にラジカル重合可能なエチレン性不飽和結合を少なくとも1つ有する水溶性化合物であれば、どのようなものでもよく、モノマー、オリゴマー、ポリマー等の化学形態を持つものが含まれる。重合性化合物は1種のみ用いてもよく、また目的とする特性を向上するために任意の比率で2種以上を併用してもよい。好ましくは2種以上併用して用いることが、反応性、物性などの性能を制御する上で好ましい。またインクの吐出安定性の観点から、水に対する溶解性が良く、且つ、水性インク組成物中に析出しにくい化合物を用いることが好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound>
The ink-jet ink used in the present invention preferably contains at least one water-soluble photopolymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond as the polymerizable compound.
The polymerizable compound may be any water-soluble compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond capable of radical polymerization in the molecule, and has a chemical form such as a monomer, oligomer, or polymer. included. Only one type of polymerizable compound may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination at an arbitrary ratio in order to improve the desired properties. It is preferable to use two or more kinds in combination for controlling performance such as reactivity and physical properties. Further, from the viewpoint of ink ejection stability, it is preferable to use a compound that has good solubility in water and hardly precipitates in the aqueous ink composition.
 水溶性の重合性化合物とは、25℃において蒸留水に2質量%以上溶解する化合物を意味するが、15質量%以上溶解することが好ましく、任意の割合で水と均一に混合するものが特に好ましい。 The water-soluble polymerizable compound means a compound that dissolves in 2% by mass or more in distilled water at 25 ° C., but preferably dissolves in an amount of 15% by mass or more, and particularly those that are uniformly mixed with water at an arbitrary ratio. preferable.
 重合性化合物の例としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、およびマレイン酸等の不飽和カルボン酸、ならびに、それらのエステル誘導体およびそれらの塩、アクリルアミドおよびメタクリルアミドならびにその誘導体、エチレン性不飽和基を有する無水物、アクリロニトリル、スチレン、更に種々の不飽和ポリエステル、不飽和ポリエーテル、不飽和ポリアミド、不飽和ウレタン、ビニルエーテル、アリルエーテル等が挙げられ、アクリル酸およびメタクリル酸、ならびに、それらのエステル誘導体および塩、アクリルアミドおよびメタクリルアミド、ならびにその誘導体から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましく、アクリル酸またはメタクリル酸のモノエステル(以下、「モノアクリレート」ということがある)、アクリル酸またはメタクリル酸とポリオール化合物とのエステル(以下、「多官能アクリレートモノマー」または「多官能アクリレートオリゴマー」ということがある)、またはアクリルアミドまたはメタクリルアミドとその誘導体の少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。 Examples of polymerizable compounds include unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, and maleic acid, and their ester derivatives and their salts, acrylamide and methacrylamide and their Derivatives, anhydrides having ethylenically unsaturated groups, acrylonitrile, styrene, various unsaturated polyesters, unsaturated polyethers, unsaturated polyamides, unsaturated urethanes, vinyl ethers, allyl ethers, etc., acrylic acid and methacrylic acid And at least one selected from ester derivatives and salts thereof, acrylamide and methacrylamide, and derivatives thereof, and monoesters of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid (hereinafter referred to as “monoacrylate”) ), An ester of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid and a polyol compound (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “polyfunctional acrylate monomer” or “polyfunctional acrylate oligomer”), or at least one of acrylamide or methacrylamide and derivatives thereof More preferably it is a seed.
 重合性化合物は、水溶性付与の観点から、ポリ(エチレンオキシ)鎖、ポリ(プロピレンオキシ)鎖、イオン性基(例えばカルボキシル基、スルホ基など)、および水酸基の少なくとも1種を有することが好ましい。
 重合性化合物が、ポリ(エチレンオキシ)鎖、ポリ(プロピレンオキシ)鎖を有する場合、エチレンオキシ単位、およびプロピレンオキシ単位のユニットの数は1~10の範囲であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1~5の範囲である。ユニットの数が10以下であることで硬化した時の皮膜の硬度及び基材に対する密着性等が向上する。
The polymerizable compound preferably has at least one of a poly (ethyleneoxy) chain, a poly (propyleneoxy) chain, an ionic group (for example, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, etc.) and a hydroxyl group from the viewpoint of imparting water solubility. .
When the polymerizable compound has a poly (ethyleneoxy) chain or a poly (propyleneoxy) chain, the number of ethyleneoxy units and units of propyleneoxy units is preferably in the range of 1 to 10, more preferably 1 It is in the range of ~ 5. When the number of units is 10 or less, the hardness of the coating when cured and the adhesion to the substrate are improved.
 重合性化合物のうち、モノアクリレート、多官能アクリレートモノマー、多官能アクリレートオリゴマー、および、(メタ)アクリルアミド誘導体の特に好ましい具体例としては、例えば、以下に示す構造の化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Among the polymerizable compounds, particularly preferred specific examples of the monoacrylate, polyfunctional acrylate monomer, polyfunctional acrylate oligomer, and (meth) acrylamide derivative include, for example, compounds having the structures shown below, but are not limited thereto. Is not to be done.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 また上記例示化合物以外に、メタクリル酸、3-スルホプロピルアクリレートのカリウム塩などのイオン性基を有する化合物も好ましく用いられる。
 本発明において重合性化合物は、1種単独でも、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
In addition to the above exemplified compounds, compounds having an ionic group such as methacrylic acid and potassium salt of 3-sulfopropyl acrylate are also preferably used.
In this invention, a polymeric compound may be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 また本発明においては、感度、滲み、基材との密着性をより改善するために、重合性化合物として、モノアクリレートの少なくとも1種と、分子量400以上、好ましくは500以上の多官能アクリレートモノマー又は多官能アクリレートオリゴマーを併用することが好ましい。特に、樹脂フィルムなどの柔軟な基材への記録に使用するインクジェットインクにおいては、上記化合物群の中から選ばれるモノアクリレートと、多官能アクリレートモノマー又は多官能アクリレートオリゴマーとの併用は、膜に可撓性を持たせて密着性を高めつつ、膜強度を高められるため好ましい。
 さらに、単官能、2官能、および3官能以上の多官能モノマーの少なくとも3種の重合性化合物を併用する態様が、安全性を維持しつつ、更に、感度、滲み、基材との密着性をより改善することができるという観点から好ましい。
In the present invention, in order to further improve the sensitivity, bleeding, and adhesion to the substrate, as the polymerizable compound, at least one monoacrylate and a polyfunctional acrylate monomer having a molecular weight of 400 or more, preferably 500 or more, It is preferable to use a polyfunctional acrylate oligomer in combination. In particular, in an inkjet ink used for recording on a flexible substrate such as a resin film, a combination of a monoacrylate selected from the above compound group and a polyfunctional acrylate monomer or polyfunctional acrylate oligomer is acceptable for the film. This is preferable because the film strength can be increased while imparting flexibility to improve adhesion.
In addition, the aspect in which at least three kinds of polymerizable compounds of monofunctional, bifunctional, and trifunctional or higher polyfunctional monomers are used in combination improves sensitivity, bleeding, and adhesion to the substrate while maintaining safety. This is preferable from the viewpoint of further improvement.
 また、本発明においては、透明性(無色透明であること)、柔軟性、屈曲性、表面硬度、密着性の観点から、重合性化合物がポリマーの形態であるものも好ましい形態である。ポリマー形態の重合性化合物(以下、重合性ポリマーと称す)とは、高分子ポリマーの主鎖または側鎖に重合性官能基を含有したものである。
 高分子ポリマーに導入された重合性基は高分子間の橋かけの役割を担い、透明性、柔軟性、屈曲性、表面硬度、密着性などを改善する。この観点において、重合性ポリマーの例として、好ましくは、ポリ(グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート変性(メタ)アクリル酸-co-(メタ)アクリレート)、ポリ(グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート変性(メタ)アクリル酸-co-メタ(アクリレート)-co-スチレン)、ポリ(スチレン-co-4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートグリシジルエーテル変性アクリル酸)などが挙げられる。
In the present invention, from the viewpoints of transparency (colorless and transparent), flexibility, flexibility, surface hardness, and adhesion, it is also preferable that the polymerizable compound is in the form of a polymer. The polymerizable compound in the form of a polymer (hereinafter referred to as “polymerizable polymer”) is a polymer containing a polymerizable functional group in the main chain or side chain of a polymer.
The polymerizable group introduced into the polymer polymer serves as a bridge between the polymers, and improves transparency, flexibility, flexibility, surface hardness, adhesion, and the like. In this respect, examples of the polymerizable polymer are preferably poly (glycidyl (meth) acrylate modified (meth) acrylic acid-co- (meth) acrylate), poly (glycidyl (meth) acrylate modified (meth) acrylic acid) co-meth (acrylate) -co-styrene), poly (styrene-co-4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether-modified acrylic acid), and the like.
 本発明における重合性ポリマーとして、重合性官能基の導入量は、本発明の効果を十分に発揮するために、0.01mmol/g以上10mmol/g以下であることが好ましく、0.1mmol/g以上5mmol/g以下であることがより好ましく、0.5mmol/g以上3mmol以下であることがより好ましい。 As the polymerizable polymer in the present invention, the amount of the polymerizable functional group introduced is preferably 0.01 mmol / g or more and 10 mmol / g or less in order to sufficiently exhibit the effects of the present invention, and 0.1 mmol / g. It is more preferably 5 mmol / g or less and more preferably 0.5 mmol / g or more and 3 mmol or less.
 本発明における重合性ポリマーとしては、インクジェット打滴性の観点から水溶性、または水性ラテックスの形態が好ましい。 The polymerizable polymer in the present invention is preferably in the form of water-soluble or aqueous latex from the viewpoint of ink jetting properties.
 重合性ポリマーが水溶性の場合は、25℃における水溶解度が1質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、10質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、重合性ポリマーが水溶性の場合は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)測定におけるポリスチレン(またはポリメタクリル酸)換算での平均分子量が3,000以上2,000,000以下が好ましく、5,000以上1,500,000以下がより好ましく、10,000以上1,000,000以下が特に好ましい。なお、GPCの条件の詳細は後述する染料ポリマー(P)についてのものと同様である。 When the polymerizable polymer is water-soluble, the water solubility at 25 ° C. is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. When the polymerizable polymer is water-soluble, the average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene (or polymethacrylic acid) in gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement is preferably 3,000 or more and 2,000,000 or less, and 5,000. It is more preferably 1,500,000 or less, and particularly preferably 10,000 or more, 1,000,000 or less. The details of the GPC conditions are the same as those for the dye polymer (P) described later.
 重合性ポリマーが水性ラテックスの場合、平均粒子径が1~500nmであることが好ましく、10~300nmであることがより好ましく、30~200nmであることが特に好ましい。また、重合性ポリマーが水性ラテックスである場合、GPC測定におけるポリスチレン(またはポリメタクリル酸)換算での平均分子量が3,000以上2,000,000以下が好ましく、5,000以上1,500,000以下がより好ましく、10,000以上1,000,000以下が特に好ましい。 When the polymerizable polymer is an aqueous latex, the average particle size is preferably 1 to 500 nm, more preferably 10 to 300 nm, and particularly preferably 30 to 200 nm. When the polymerizable polymer is an aqueous latex, the average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene (or polymethacrylic acid) in GPC measurement is preferably 3,000 or more and 2,000,000 or less, and 5,000 or more and 1,500,000. The following is more preferable, and 10,000 to 1,000,000 is particularly preferable.
 さらに、単官能、2官能、及び3官能以上の多官能モノマーの重合性化合物を併用する様態も、感度、滲み、基材との密着性をより改善できるという観点から好ましい。 Furthermore, a mode in which a polymerizable compound of a monofunctional, bifunctional, or trifunctional or higher polyfunctional monomer is used in combination is also preferable from the viewpoint that sensitivity, bleeding, and adhesion to a substrate can be further improved.
 重合性ポリマーの好ましい具体例としては、例えば、以下に示す構造の化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。Meはメチル基を表す。 Preferable specific examples of the polymerizable polymer include, but are not limited to, compounds having the following structures. Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 重合性化合物としては、2官能メタクリレートモノマー、3官能以上のメタクリレートモノマー、重合性ポリマー、又はそれらの併用であることが好ましく、重合性ポリマーであることがより好ましく、ポリ(スチレン-co-4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートグリシジルエーテル変性アクリル酸)、ポリ(エチレングリコール)-ポリ(スチレン-co-4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートグリシジルエーテル変性アクリル酸)、ポリ(スチレン-co-グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート変性アクリル酸)、又はポリ(ベンジルメタクリレート-co-グリシジルメタクリレート変性メタクリル酸)が特に好ましい。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a bifunctional methacrylate monomer, a trifunctional or higher functional methacrylate monomer, a polymerizable polymer, or a combination thereof, more preferably a polymerizable polymer, and poly (styrene-co-4- Hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether modified acrylic acid), poly (ethylene glycol) -poly (styrene-co-4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether modified acrylic acid), poly (styrene-co-glycidyl (meth) acrylate modified acrylic acid), Or, poly (benzyl methacrylate-co-glycidyl methacrylate-modified methacrylic acid) is particularly preferable.
<重合開始剤>
 本発明に用いるインクジェットインクは、重合開始剤を含む。重合開始剤としては、良好な重合開始能を有するものであれば特に限定されるものではなく、公知の重合開始剤の中から選択することができる。重合開始剤の中でも、水溶性の光重合開始剤が好ましい。「水溶性」の程度としては、25℃において蒸留水に0.5質量%以上溶解することが好ましく、1質量%以上溶解することが好ましく、3質量%以上溶解することが特に好ましい。
<Polymerization initiator>
The ink-jet ink used in the present invention contains a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has a good polymerization initiating ability, and can be selected from known polymerization initiators. Among the polymerization initiators, a water-soluble photopolymerization initiator is preferable. The degree of “water solubility” is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or more in distilled water at 25 ° C.
 重合開始剤のうち、α-アミノケトン系化合物、及びアシルホスフィンオキシド系化合物からなる群より選択される重合開始剤が好ましい。 Among the polymerization initiators, polymerization initiators selected from the group consisting of α-aminoketone compounds and acylphosphine oxide compounds are preferred.
 上記α-アミノケトン系化合物としては、下記一般式(5)で表される構造を有する化合物を用いることが好ましい。 As the α-aminoketone compound, a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (5) is preferably used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 上記一般式(5)において、Ar1Dは、-SR51又は-N(R52)(R53)で置換されているフェニル基を表し、R51は、水素原子、又は無置換のアルキル基を表す。R52とR53は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、無置換の炭素数1~12のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ置換された炭素数2~4のアルキル基、又は無置換の炭素数3~5のアルケニル基を表す。R52とR53は、互いに結合して炭素数3~7のアルキレン基を形成してもよく、そのアルキレン基は、アルキレン鎖中に-O-あるいは-N(R54)-を含むものであってもよい。R54は、無置換の炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。 In the general formula (5), Ar 1D represents a phenyl group substituted with —SR 51 or —N (R 52 ) (R 53 ), and R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or an unsubstituted alkyl group. To express. R 52 and R 53 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy substituted alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted carbon group. Represents an alkenyl group of formula 3-5. R 52 and R 53 may combine with each other to form an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and the alkylene group contains —O— or —N (R 54 ) — in the alkylene chain. There may be. R 54 represents an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 R1D及びR2Dは、それぞれ独立に無置換の炭素数1~8のアルキル基を表す。R1DとR2Dは、互いに結合して炭素数2~9のアルキレン基を構成してもよい。R3D及びR4Dは、それぞれ独立に水素原子、無置換の炭素数1~12のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ置換された炭素数2~4のアルキル基、又は無置換の炭素数3~5のアルケニル基を表す。ここで、R3DとR4Dは、互いに結合して炭素数3~7のアルキレン基を形成してもよく、そのアルキレン基は、アルキレン鎖中に-O-あるいは-N(R54)-を含むものであってもよい。R54は、無置換の炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。 R 1D and R 2D each independently represent an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. R 1D and R 2D may combine with each other to form an alkylene group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms. R 3D and R 4D each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy substituted alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted carbon number. Represents 3 to 5 alkenyl groups. Here, R 3D and R 4D may be bonded to each other to form an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and the alkylene group has —O— or —N (R 54 ) — in the alkylene chain. It may be included. R 54 represents an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 上記α-アミノケトン系化合物に含まれる化合物の例としては、2-メチル-1-フェニル-2-モルホリノプロパン-1-オン、2-メチル-1-[4-(ヘキシル)フェニル]-2-モルホリノプロパン-1-オン、2-エチル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1等が挙げられる。また、BASF社製のイルガキュアシリーズ、例えばイルガキュア907、イルガキュア369、イルガキュア379等の市販品としても入手可能であり、これらもα-アミノケトン系化合物に含まれる化合物である。 Examples of the compound contained in the α-aminoketone compound include 2-methyl-1-phenyl-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-methyl-1- [4- (hexyl) phenyl] -2-morpholino. Propan-1-one, 2-ethyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1, and the like. Also, commercially available products such as Irgacure series manufactured by BASF, such as Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, and Irgacure 379, are also compounds included in α-aminoketone compounds.
 上記アシルホスフィンオキシド系化合物としては、下記一般式(6)又は一般式(7)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the acylphosphine oxide compound, a compound represented by the following general formula (6) or general formula (7) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 上記一般式(6)において、R5D及びR6Dは、それぞれ独立に、脂肪族基、芳香族基、脂肪族オキシ基、芳香族オキシ基、複素環基を表し、R7Dは、脂肪族基、芳香族基、又は複素環基を表す。 In the general formula (6), R 5D and R 6D each independently represent an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aromatic oxy group, or a heterocyclic group, and R 7D represents an aliphatic group. Represents an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group.
 上記R5D、R6D、又はR7Dで表される脂肪族基は、例えば、無置換アルキル基、置換アルキル基、無置換アルケニル基、置換アルケニル基、無置換アルキニル基、置換アルキニル基、無置換アラルキル基、又は置換アラルキル基等が挙げられ、中でも、無置換アルキル基、置換アルキル基、無置換アルケニル基、置換アルケニル基、無置換アラルキル基、又は置換アラルキル基が好ましく、無置換アルキル基、置換アルキル基が特に好ましい。また、上記脂肪族基は、環状脂肪族基でも鎖状脂肪族基でもよい。鎖状脂肪族基は分岐を有していてもよい。 Examples of the aliphatic group represented by R 5D , R 6D , or R 7D include an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an unsubstituted alkynyl group, a substituted alkynyl group, and an unsubstituted group. An aralkyl group or a substituted aralkyl group is exemplified, among which an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an unsubstituted aralkyl group, or a substituted aralkyl group is preferable, an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted aralkyl group, etc. Alkyl groups are particularly preferred. The aliphatic group may be a cyclic aliphatic group or a chain aliphatic group. The chain aliphatic group may have a branch.
 上記置換又は無置換のアルキル基としては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のアルキル基が挙げられ、アルキル基の炭素原子数としては、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。上記アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、オクタデシル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group include linear, branched, and cyclic alkyl groups, and the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 20. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, decyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, neopentyl, An isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, etc. are mentioned.
 上記置換アルキル基の置換基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子)、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数30以下のアルコキシカルボニル基(例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、ベンジルオキシカルボニル基)、炭素数30以下のアルキルスルホニルアミノカルボニル基、アリールスルホニルアミノカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、炭素数30以下のアシルアミノスルホニル基、炭素数30以下のアルコキシ基(例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ベンジルオキシ基、フェノキシエトキシ基、フェネチルオキシ基等)、炭素数30以下のアルキルチオ基(例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、メチルチオエチルチオエチル基等)、炭素数30以下のアリールオキシ基(例えば、フェノキシ基、p-トリルオキシ基、1-ナフトキシ基、2-ナフトキシ基等)、ニトロ基、炭素数30以下のアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、炭素数30以下のアシルオキシ基(例えば、アセチルオキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基等)、炭素数30以下のアシル基(例えば、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ベンゾイル基等)、カルバモイル基(例えば、カルバモイル基、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル基、モルホリノカルボニル基、ピペリジノカルボニル基等)、スルファモイル基(例えば、スルファモイル基、N,N-ジメチルスルファモイル基、モルホリノスルホニル基、ピペリジノスルホニル基等)、炭素数30以下のアリール基(例えば、フェニル基、4-クロロフェニル基、4-メチルフェニル基、α-ナフチル基等)、置換アミノ基(例えば、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アシルアミノ基等)、置換ウレイド基、置換ホスホノ基、複素環基等が挙げられる。ここで、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホスホノ基は、塩の状態であってもよい。 Examples of the substituent of the substituted alkyl group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, a halogen atom (for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom), a hydroxy group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms (for example, methoxycarbonyl). Group, ethoxycarbonyl group, benzyloxycarbonyl group), alkylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms, arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, acylaminosulfonyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms, carbon number 30 The following alkoxy groups (for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, benzyloxy group, phenoxyethoxy group, phenethyloxy group, etc.), alkylthio groups having 30 or less carbon atoms (for example, methylthio group, ethylthio group, methylthioethylthioethyl group) ), An aryloxy group having 30 or less carbon atoms (eg, phenoxy group, p-tolyloxy group, 1-naphthoxy group, 2-naphthoxy group, etc.), nitro group, alkyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryl An oxycarbonyloxy group, an acyloxy group having 30 or less carbon atoms (for example, acetyloxy group, propionyloxy group, etc.), an acyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms (for example, acetyl group, propionyl group, benzoyl group, etc.), carbamoyl group (for example, Carbamoyl group, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl group, morpholinocarbonyl group, piperidinocarbonyl group, etc.), sulfamoyl group (for example, sulfamoyl group, N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl group, morpholinosulfonyl group, piperidinosulfonyl group) Group), aryl having 30 or less carbon atoms (Eg, phenyl group, 4-chlorophenyl group, 4-methylphenyl group, α-naphthyl group, etc.), substituted amino group (eg, amino group, alkylamino group, dialkylamino group, arylamino group, diarylamino group, acylamino) Group), substituted ureido group, substituted phosphono group, heterocyclic group and the like. Here, the carboxyl group, the sulfo group, the hydroxy group, and the phosphono group may be in a salt state.
 上記置換又は無置換のアルケニル基としては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のアルケニル基が挙げられ、アルケニル基の炭素原子数としては、2~30が好ましく、2~20がより好ましい。上記置換アルケニル基の置換基としては、上記置換アルキル基の場合と同様の置換基が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group include linear, branched, and cyclic alkenyl groups. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 30, and more preferably 2 to 20. Examples of the substituent of the substituted alkenyl group include the same substituents as those of the substituted alkyl group.
 上記置換又は無置換のアルキニル基としては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のアルキニル基が挙げられ、アルキニル基の炭素原子数としては、2~30が好ましく、2~20がより好ましい。置換アルキニル基の置換基としては、上記置換アルキル基の場合と同様の置換基が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group include linear, branched, and cyclic alkynyl groups, and the number of carbon atoms of the alkynyl group is preferably 2 to 30, and more preferably 2 to 20. Examples of the substituent for the substituted alkynyl group include the same substituents as those for the substituted alkyl group.
 上記置換又は無置換のアラルキル基としては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のアラルキル基が挙げられ、アラルキル基の炭素原子数としては、7~35が好ましく、7~25がより好ましい。置換アラルキル基の置換基としては、上記置換アルキル基の場合と同様の置換基が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group include linear, branched, and cyclic aralkyl groups, and the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 to 35, and more preferably 7 to 25. Examples of the substituent for the substituted aralkyl group include the same substituents as those for the substituted alkyl group.
 上記R5D、R6D、又はR7Dで表される芳香族基としては、例えば、無置換アリール基、置換アリール基が挙げられる。置換又は無置換のアリール基の炭素原子数としては、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましい。上記アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、α-ナフチル基、β-ナフチル基等が挙げられる。置換アリール基の置換基としては、炭素数1~12のアルキル基に加え、上記置換アルキル基の場合と同様の置換基が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic group represented by R 5D , R 6D , or R 7D include an unsubstituted aryl group and a substituted aryl group. The number of carbon atoms in the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 20. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, an α-naphthyl group, a β-naphthyl group, and the like. Examples of the substituent for the substituted aryl group include the same substituents as those for the substituted alkyl group, in addition to the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
 上記R5D、又はR6Dで表される脂肪族オキシ基としては、置換又は無置換の炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基が好ましく、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ブトキシ基、オクチルオキシ基、フェノキシエトキシ基等が挙げられる。但し、これらに限定されるものではない。 The aliphatic oxy group represented by R 5D or R 6D is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a butoxy group, an octyloxy group, a phenoxy group. An ethoxy group etc. are mentioned. However, it is not limited to these.
 上記R5D、又はR6Dで表される芳香族オキシ基としては、置換又は無置換の炭素数6~30のアリールオキシ基が好ましく、例えば、フェノキシ基、メチルフェニルオキシ基、クロロフェニルオキシ基、メトキシフェニルオキシ基、オクチルオキシフェニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。但し、これらに限定されるものではない。 The aromatic oxy group represented by R 5D or R 6D is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy group, methylphenyloxy group, chlorophenyloxy group, methoxy Examples thereof include a phenyloxy group and an octyloxyphenyloxy group. However, it is not limited to these.
 上記R5D、R6D、又はR7Dで表される複素環基としては、窒素原子、酸素原子又はイオウ原子を含む複素環基が好ましく、置換又は無置換の複素環基であり、例えば、ピリジル基、フリル基、チエニル基、イミダゾリル基、ピロリル基等が挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group represented by R 5D , R 6D , or R 7D is preferably a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group such as pyridyl. Group, furyl group, thienyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrrolyl group and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 上記一般式(7)において、R8D及びR10Dは、それぞれ独立に、置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換の複素環基を表し、R9Dは、置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシ基、置換若しくは無置換のアリールオキシ基、又は置換若しくは無置換の複素環基を表す。置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、上記一般式(6)における場合と同様の置換基が挙げられる。 In the general formula (7), R 8D and R 10D each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and R 9D represents Represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. Examples of the substituent in the case of having a substituent include the same substituents as those in the general formula (6).
 上記一般式(7)における置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、置換若しくは無置換の複素環基、置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシ基及び置換若しくは無置換のアリールオキシ基としては、上記一般式(6)における場合と同義である。 As the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group and substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group in the general formula (7), , Which has the same meaning as in the general formula (6).
 なお、上記のうち例えば、[2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-ホスフィンオキシド]は、Irgacure TPO(BASF社製)の商品名で入手可能であり、[ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキシド]は、Irgacure 819(BASF社製)の商品名で入手可能である。 Of the above, for example, [2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide] is available under the trade name Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF) and [bis (2,4,6-trimethyl). Benzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide] is available under the trade name Irgacure 819 (BASF).
 さらに、重合開始剤として、水溶性のアシルホスフィンオキシド系化合物が好適に挙げられる。このアシルホスフィンオキシド系化合物は、25℃で蒸留水に0.5質量%以上溶解することが好ましく、1質量%以上溶解することが好ましく、3質量%以上溶解することが特に好ましい。 Furthermore, water-soluble acylphosphine oxide compounds are preferably used as the polymerization initiator. This acylphosphine oxide compound is preferably dissolved in distilled water at 25 ° C. in an amount of 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or more.
 水溶性のアシルホスフィンオキシド系化合物の具体例としては、特開2005-307199号公報に記載の化合物(例えば例示化合物5、6、7)が挙げられる。また、水溶性のアシルホスフィンオキシド系化合物の好ましい具体例(例示化合物1-1~1-3)を以下に挙げる。但し、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of water-soluble acylphosphine oxide compounds include compounds described in JP-A No. 2005-307199 (for example, Exemplified Compounds 5, 6, and 7). Preferred specific examples of water-soluble acylphosphine oxide compounds (Exemplary compounds 1-1 to 1-3) are listed below. However, it is not limited to these.
 重合開始剤としては、アシルホスフィンオキシド系化合物が好ましい。
 上記の重合開始剤のほか、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で他の重合性開始剤を用いてもよい。また、アシルホスフィンオキシド系化合物との併用も可能である。この場合、水溶性の重合開始剤を用いることが好ましい。「水溶性」については既述と同様である。
As the polymerization initiator, acylphosphine oxide compounds are preferable.
In addition to the above polymerization initiator, other polymerizable initiators may be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Further, it can be used in combination with an acylphosphine oxide compound. In this case, it is preferable to use a water-soluble polymerization initiator. The “water solubility” is the same as described above.
 上記他の重合開始剤としては、例えば、カンファーキノン、ベンゾフェノン、ベンゾフェノン誘導体、アセトフェノン、アセトフェノン誘導体、例えば、α-ヒドロキシシクロアルキルフェニルケトン類又は2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパノン、ジアルコキシアセトフェノン類、α-ヒドロキシ-又は4-アロイル-1,3-ジオキソラン類、ベンゾインアルキルエーテル類、及びベンジルケタール類、例えば、ベンジルジメチルケタール、グリオキサル酸フェニル及びその誘導体、二量体グリオキサル酸フェニル、ペルエステル類、例えば、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸ペルエステル類(例えば、EP1126541号明細書に記載のもの)、ハロメチルトリアジン類、例えば、2-〔2-(4-メトキシ-フェニル)-ビニル〕-4,6-ビス-トリクロロメチル〔1,3,5〕トリアジン、2-(4-メトキシ-フェニル)-4,6-ビス-トリクロロメチル〔1,3,5〕トリアジン、2-(3,4-ジメトキシ-フェニル)-4,6-ビス-トリクロロメチル〔1,3,5〕トリアジン、2-メチル-4,6-ビス-トリクロロメチル〔1,3,5〕トリアジン、ヘキサアリールビスイミダゾール/共同開始剤系、例えば、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾールと組み合わせたオルト-クロロヘキサフェニル-ビスイミダゾール;フェロセニウム化合物又はチタノセン類(titanocenes)、例えば、ジシクロペンタジエニル-ビス(2,6-ジフルオロ-3-ピロロ-フェニル)チタン;例えば、GB2,339,571号明細書に記載のO-アシルオキシムエステル化合物との混合物を使用することもできる。共同開始剤として、ホウ酸化合物を使用することもできる。 Examples of the other polymerization initiator include camphorquinone, benzophenone, benzophenone derivatives, acetophenone, acetophenone derivatives, such as α-hydroxycycloalkyl phenyl ketones or 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propanone, Alkoxyacetophenones, α-hydroxy- or 4-aroyl-1,3-dioxolanes, benzoin alkyl ethers, and benzyl ketals such as benzyl dimethyl ketal, phenyl glyoxalate and its derivatives, dimeric phenyl glyoxalate, Peresters such as benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid peresters (for example those described in EP 1 126541), halomethyltriazines such as 2- [2- (4-methoxy-phen Nyl) -vinyl] -4,6-bis-trichloromethyl [1,3,5] triazine, 2- (4-methoxy-phenyl) -4,6-bis-trichloromethyl [1,3,5] triazine, 2- (3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl) -4,6-bis-trichloromethyl [1,3,5] triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl [1,3,5] triazine, Hexaarylbisimidazole / co-initiator systems such as ortho-chlorohexaphenyl-bisimidazole in combination with 2-mercaptobenzothiazole; ferrocenium compounds or titanocenes such as dicyclopentadienyl-bis (2, 6-difluoro-3-pyrrolo-phenyl) titanium; for example described in GB 2,339,571 It is also possible to use a mixture of O- acyl oxime ester compound. A boric acid compound can also be used as a co-initiator.
<染料ポリマー(P)>
 本発明に用いられる染料ポリマー(P)は、任意の染料に由来する構造を繰り返し単位として含む色素多量体である。
 染料に由来する構造とは、染料として用いられる化合物から任意の水素原子を1個以上取り除いてなる基(染料残基)である。
 染料に由来する構造としては、カラーインデックスで分類されているような有機色素に由来する構造であり、例えば、アゾ(モノアゾ、ジスアゾ、トリスアゾ、ポリアゾ)、スチルベン、カロテノイド、ジアリールメタン、トリアリールメタン、キサンテン、アクリジン、キノリン、メチン、アニリン、インダミン、インドフェノール、アジン、オキサジン、チアジン、アントラキノン、インジゴ、キノフタロン、及びフタロシアニンなどが挙げられる。着色力の観点から、アゾ、スチルベン、ジアリールメタン、トリアリールメタン、キサンテン、インドフェノール、キノフタロン、及びフタロシアニンなどを好ましく用いることができる。
 染料に由来する構造としては、上記のカラーインデックスで分類されているような染料に由来する構造、又はその構造に本発明の効果を奏する範囲内で任意の置換基を置換させた構造、若しくはその構造から本発明の効果を奏する範囲内で任意の置換基を取り除いた構造などが挙げられる。
 染料としては、水に溶解する染料であってもよいし、水に不溶な染料であってもよいが、染料ポリマーの耐水性及び耐洗濯性の観点から、水に不溶な染料であることが好ましい。また、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基、及びこれらの塩、アンモニウム基などのイオン性基を有さない染料であることが好ましい。このような染料としては、特に限定されないが、例えば分散染料など水に不溶な染料を用いてもよいし、水に可溶な染料からイオン性基を除いたものを用いてもよい。
 染料ポリマー(P)としては、側鎖に染料に由来する構造を含むポリマーが特に好ましく用いられる。側鎖に染料に由来する構造を含むポリマーにおける主鎖を構成するポリマーとしては特に限定されないが、アクリルポリマー、ウレタンポリマー、又はスチレンポリマーが好ましく用いられる。
 本発明におけるアクリルポリマーとは、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する繰り返し単位及び(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する繰り返し単位からなる群のうち、少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有するポリマーである。なお、「(メタ)アクリル酸」はアクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の少なくとも1種を表し、「(メタ)アクリル酸エステル」はアクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステルの少なくとも1種を表す。
 本発明におけるウレタンポリマー(「ポリウレタン」ともいう)とは、ウレタン結合を有するポリマーのことであり、ヒドロキシル基を2個以上有するポリオール化合物とイソシアネート基を2個以上有するポリイソシアネート化合物の反応により形成される。
<Dye polymer (P)>
The dye polymer (P) used in the present invention is a pigment multimer containing a structure derived from an arbitrary dye as a repeating unit.
The structure derived from a dye is a group (dye residue) formed by removing one or more arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a compound used as a dye.
The structure derived from the dye is a structure derived from an organic pigment as classified by the color index. For example, azo (monoazo, disazo, trisazo, polyazo), stilbene, carotenoid, diarylmethane, triarylmethane, Examples include xanthene, acridine, quinoline, methine, aniline, indamine, indophenol, azine, oxazine, thiazine, anthraquinone, indigo, quinophthalone, and phthalocyanine. From the viewpoint of coloring power, azo, stilbene, diarylmethane, triarylmethane, xanthene, indophenol, quinophthalone, phthalocyanine, and the like can be preferably used.
As a structure derived from a dye, a structure derived from a dye as categorized by the above color index, or a structure in which an arbitrary substituent is substituted within the range in which the effect of the present invention is obtained, or a structure thereof Examples include a structure in which an arbitrary substituent is removed from the structure within the range where the effects of the present invention are achieved.
The dye may be a water-soluble dye or a water-insoluble dye, but it may be a water-insoluble dye from the viewpoint of water resistance and washing resistance of the dye polymer. preferable. Moreover, it is preferable that it is a dye which does not have ionic groups, such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, these salts, and an ammonium group. Such a dye is not particularly limited, and for example, a water-insoluble dye such as a disperse dye may be used, or a water-soluble dye obtained by removing an ionic group may be used.
As the dye polymer (P), a polymer containing a structure derived from a dye in the side chain is particularly preferably used. Although it does not specifically limit as a polymer which comprises the principal chain in the polymer containing the structure derived from a dye in a side chain, An acrylic polymer, a urethane polymer, or a styrene polymer is used preferably.
The acrylic polymer in the present invention is a polymer having at least one type of repeating unit from the group consisting of repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid and repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid esters. “(Meth) acrylic acid” represents at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and “(meth) acrylic ester” represents at least one of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester.
The urethane polymer (also referred to as “polyurethane”) in the present invention is a polymer having a urethane bond, and is formed by a reaction between a polyol compound having two or more hydroxyl groups and a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups. The
 染料ポリマー(P)において、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を導入する方法は任意であり、重合性の染料単量体を重合、又は共重合させて多量体を得てもよく、ポリマーを形成した後に、高分子反応などにより染料に由来する構造を導入してもよい。
 染料ポリマー(P)は、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を含んでなる染料ポリマーであることが好ましい。
In the dye polymer (P), a method of introducing a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye is arbitrary, and a polymer may be obtained by polymerizing or copolymerizing a polymerizable dye monomer. After the formation, a structure derived from a dye may be introduced by a polymer reaction or the like.
The dye polymer (P) is preferably a dye polymer including a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) as a repeating unit including a structure derived from a dye.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式(1)中、Xは連結基を表し、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Dは染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す。  In General Formula (1), X 1 represents a linking group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye.
 一般式(1)中、Xは連結基を表す。Xは重合によって形成される連結基であることが好ましく、重合反応で形成される主鎖に相当する部分であることが好ましい。すなわち、Xはポリマー主鎖の部分構造であることが好ましい。Xは、置換もしくは無置換の不飽和エチレン基を重合して形成される連結基、環状エーテルを開環重合して形成される連結基等が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和エチレン基を重合して形成される連結基である。具体的には以下に示す連結基等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。なお、下記(X-1)~(X-15)において*で示された部位でLと連結していることを表す。 In general formula (1), X 1 represents a linking group. X 1 is preferably a linking group formed by polymerization, and preferably a portion corresponding to the main chain formed by the polymerization reaction. That is, X 1 is preferably a partial structure of the polymer main chain. Examples of X 1 include a linking group formed by polymerizing a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated ethylene group, a linking group formed by ring-opening polymerization of a cyclic ether, and the like. Preferably, an unsaturated ethylene group is polymerized. A linking group formed as described above. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following linking groups. In the following (X-1) to (X-15), it is linked to L 1 at the site indicated by *.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(1-1)~(1-7)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、下記一般式(1-1)で表される繰り返し単位であることがより好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by any one of the following general formulas (1-1) to (1-7). It is more preferable that it is the repeating unit represented by these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式(1-1)~(1-7)中、RX1~RX21はそれぞれ水素原子又は置換基を表し、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Dは染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す。 
 RX1~RX21が置換基を表す場合の置換基としては、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、又はこれらを組み合わせてなる基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基であることが更に好ましい。
 RX1、RX6、RX13、RX16、及びRX19は水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、カルボキシメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、又はメチルオキシメチル基を表すことが好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基を表すことがより好ましい。
 RX2、RX3、RX4、RX5、RX7、RX8、RX9、RX10、RX11、RX12、RX14、RX15、RX17、RX18、RX20、及びRX21は水素原子又はカルボキシル基を表すことが好ましく、水素原子を表すことがより好ましい。
In the general formulas (1-1) to (1-7), R X1 to R X21 each represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and D 1 represents an arbitrary one from a dye. Represents a dye residue from which one hydrogen atom is removed.
When R X1 to R X21 represent a substituent, the substituent is preferably an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or a group formed by a combination thereof, more preferably an alkyl group. More preferably, it is a methyl group.
R X1 , R X6 , R X13 , R X16 , and R X19 preferably represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a carboxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, or a methyloxymethyl group, and a hydrogen atom or methyl More preferably it represents a group.
R X2 , R X3 , R X4 , R X5 , R X7 , R X8 , R X9 , R X10 , R X11 , R X12 , R X14 , R X15 , R X17 , R X18 , R X20 , and R X21 It preferably represents an atom or a carboxyl group, and more preferably represents a hydrogen atom.
 一般式(1)、(1-1)~(1-7)中、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Lが2価の連結基を表す場合の2価の連結基としては、本発明の効果を奏しうる範囲であれば何ら限定されないが、炭素数1~30の置換もしくは無置換の直鎖、分岐もしくは環状アルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、トリメチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基など)、炭素数6~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリーレン基(例えば、フェニレン基、ナフタレン基等)、置換もしくは無置換のヘテロ環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-NR-(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロ環基を表す。)、-C(=O)-、-SO-、-SO-、及びこれらを2個以上連結して形成される連結基が好ましく用いられる。特に、下記一般式(2)~(7)のいずれかで表される連結基が好ましく用いられる。
 また、Lが2価の連結基を表す場合、2価の連結基は置換基(たとえば、アルキル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシル基、アシルオキシ基など)を有していてもよい。
In general formulas (1) and (1-1) to (1-7), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group in the case where L 1 represents a divalent linking group is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention can be obtained, but it is a substituted or unsubstituted straight chain having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, Branched or cyclic alkylene group (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, trimethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, phenylene group, naphthalene group, etc.), substituted Or an unsubstituted heterocyclic linking group, —CH═CH—, —O—, —S—, —NR— (R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group), —C. (═O) —, —SO—, —SO 2 —, and a linking group formed by linking two or more of these are preferably used. In particular, a linking group represented by any of the following general formulas (2) to (7) is preferably used.
When L 1 represents a divalent linking group, the divalent linking group may have a substituent (for example, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an acyloxy group, etc.).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 一般式(2)~(7)中、*1及び*2は、一方が、一般式(1)におけるX又は一般式(1-1)~(1-7)におけるポリマー主鎖の炭素原子若しくは窒素原子と結合する位置を表し、他方が、一般式(1)、(1-1)~(1-7)におけるDと結合する位置を表すものであるが、*1は、一般式(1)におけるX又は一般式(1-1)~(1-7)におけるポリマー主鎖の炭素原子若しくは窒素原子と結合する位置を表し、*2は、一般式(1)、(1-1)~(1-7)におけるDと結合する位置を表すことが好ましい。
 一般式(2)中、Rは置換基を表す。kは0~4の整数を表す。kが2以上のときは、Rは同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(3)中、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロ環基を表す。Rは置換基を表す。kは0~4の整数を表す。kが2以上のときは、Rは同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(4)中、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロ環基を表す。Rは置換基を表す。kは0~4の整数を表す。kが2以上のときは、Rは同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(5)中、R51及びR52はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。tは1~10の整数を表す。t個のR51及びR52はそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(6)中、R61、R62、R63及びR64はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。u及びvはそれぞれ独立に1~10の整数を表す。u個のR61及びR62はそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよい。v個のR63及びR64はそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(7)中、R71、R72及びR73はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。wは1~10の整数を表す。w個のR71及びR72はそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよい。
In general formulas (2) to (7), one of * 1 and * 2 is X 1 in general formula (1) or carbon atom of the polymer main chain in general formulas (1-1) to (1-7) Alternatively, it represents a position bonded to a nitrogen atom, and the other represents a position bonded to D 1 in the general formulas (1) and (1-1) to (1-7). (1) X 1 or the general formula in (1-1) to represent the position at which the group bonds to a carbon atom or nitrogen atom of the polymer backbone in (1-7), * 2, the general formula (1), (1- It is preferable to represent the position bonded to D 1 in 1) to (1-7).
In general formula (2), R 3 represents a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 4. When k is 2 or more, R 3 may be the same or different.
In General Formula (3), R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. R 3 represents a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 4. When k is 2 or more, R 3 may be the same or different.
In General Formula (4), R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. R 3 represents a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 4. When k is 2 or more, R 3 may be the same or different.
In General Formula (5), R 51 and R 52 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. t represents an integer of 1 to 10. The t R 51 and R 52 may be the same or different.
In General Formula (6), R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. u and v each independently represents an integer of 1 to 10. u R 61 and R 62 may be the same or different. The v R 63 and R 64 may be the same or different.
In general formula (7), R 71 , R 72 and R 73 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. w represents an integer of 1 to 10. Each of w R 71 and R 72 may be the same or different.
 一般式(3)中のRがアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロ環基を表す場合のアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロ環基の例としては、後述する置換基群Aに記載されたアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロ環基が挙げられる。
 一般式(2)~(4)中のRが表す置換基としては、後述する置換基群Aから選択される置換基が挙げられる。
 一般式(5)中のR51及びR52が置換基を表す場合の置換基としては、後述する置換基群Aから選択される置換基が挙げられる。R51及びR52は各々独立に水素原子又はヒドロキシル基を表すことが好ましい。tは1~5の整数であることが好ましく、1~3の整数であることがより好ましい。
 一般式(6)中のR61、R62、R63及びR64が置換基を表す場合の置換基としては、後述する置換基群Aから選択される置換基が挙げられる。R61、R62、R63及びR64は各々独立に水素原子又はヒドロキシル基を表すことが好ましく、水素原子を表すことがより好ましい。u及びvはそれぞれ独立に、1~5の整数であることが好ましく、1~3の整数であることがより好ましい。
 一般式(7)中のR71、R72及びR73が置換基を表す場合の置換基としては、後述する置換基群Aから選択される置換基が挙げられる。R71、R72及びR73は各々独立に水素原子又はヒドロキシル基を表すことが好ましく、水素原子を表すことがより好ましい。wは1~5の整数であることが好ましく、1~3の整数であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the alkyl group, aryl group, or heterocyclic group in the case where R 2 in the general formula (3) represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group include alkyls described in the substituent group A described later. A group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
Examples of the substituent represented by R 3 in the general formulas (2) to (4) include a substituent selected from the substituent group A described later.
Examples of the substituent when R 51 and R 52 in the general formula (5) represent a substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A described later. R 51 and R 52 preferably each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group. t is preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
Examples of the substituent in the case where R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 in the general formula (6) represent a substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A described later. R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 each independently preferably represent a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom. u and v are each independently preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
Examples of the substituent when R 71 , R 72 and R 73 in the general formula (7) represent a substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A described later. R 71 , R 72 and R 73 each independently preferably represent a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, and more preferably represent a hydrogen atom. w is preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
 一般式(1)、(1-1)~(1-7)中、Dは染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す。Dは本発明の効果を奏する範囲であれば限定されないが、下記一般式(M1)~(M4)のいずれかで表される染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表すことが更に好ましい。なお、一般式(M2)及び(M3)は、それぞれの共鳴構造も含むものとする。 In the general formulas (1) and (1-1) to (1-7), D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye. D 1 is not limited as long as it exhibits the effects of the present invention, but represents a dye residue obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a dye represented by any one of the following general formulas (M1) to (M4). More preferably. In addition, general formula (M2) and (M3) shall also include each resonance structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 一般式(M1)中、R101~R110は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。 In general formula (M1), R 101 to R 110 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 一般式(M2)中、R201~R215は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、X201は一価の陰イオンを表し、n201は0又は1を表す。  In general formula (M2), R 201 to R 215 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 201 represents a monovalent anion, and n 201 represents 0 or 1.
 一般式(M3)中、R301~R317は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、X301は一価の陰イオンを表し、n301は0又は1を表す。  In general formula (M3), R 301 to R 317 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 301 represents a monovalent anion, and n 301 represents 0 or 1.
 一般式(M4)中、R401~R407は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。  In general formula (M4), R 401 to R 407 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 一般式(M1)中のR101~R110、一般式(M2)中のR201~R215、一般式(M3)中のR301~R317、及び一般式(M4)中のR401~R407が置換基を表す場合の置換基としては、たとえば下記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられる。 R 101 to R 110 in general formula (M1), R 201 to R 215 in general formula (M2), R 301 to R 317 in general formula (M3), and R 401 to R in general formula (M4) Examples of the substituent when R 407 represents a substituent include a substituent selected from the following substituent group A.
(置換基群A)
 置換基群Aに含まれる置換基を以下に示す。
 ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子)、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基で、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、t-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、ドデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、1-ノルボルニル基、1-アダマンチル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~48、より好ましくは炭素数2~18のアルケニル基で、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、3-ブテン-1-イル基)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~48、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリール基で、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基)、ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~18のヘテロ環基で、例えば、2-チエニル基、4-ピリジル基、2-フリル基、2-ピリミジニル基、1-ピリジル基、2-ベンゾチアゾリル基、1-イミダゾリル基、1-ピラゾリル基、ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イル基)、シリル基(好ましくは炭素数3~38、より好ましくは炭素数3~18のシリル基で、例えば、トリメチルシリル基、トリエチルシリル基、トリブチルシリル基、t-ブチルジメチルシリル基、t-ヘキシルジメチルシリル基)、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルコキシ基で、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、1-ブトキシ基、2-ブトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、ドデシルオキシ基、シクロペンチルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルオキシ基)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~48、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリールオキシ基で、例えば、フェノキシ基、1-ナフトキシ基)、ヘテロ環オキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~18のヘテロ環オキシ基で、例えば、1-フェニルテトラゾール-5-オキシ基、2-テトラヒドロピラニルオキシ基)、シリルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~18のシリルオキシ基で、例えば、トリメチルシリルオキシ基、t-ブチルジメチルシリルオキシ基、ジフェニルメチルシリルオキシ基)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~48、より好ましくは炭素数2~24のアシルオキシ基で、例えば、アセトキシ基、ピバロイルオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基、ドデカノイルオキシ基)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~48、より好ましくは炭素数2~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルコキシカルボニルオキシ基で、例えば、エトキシカルボニルオキシ基、t-ブトキシカルボニルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルオキシカルボニルオキシ基)、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数7~32、より好ましくは炭素数7~24のアリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基で、例えば、フェノキシカルボニルオキシ基)、カルバモイルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、よりこの好ましくは炭素数1~24のカルバモイルオキシ基で、例えば、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイルオキシ基、N-ブチルカルバモイルオキシ基、N-フェニルカルバモイルオキシ基、N-エチル-N-フェニルカルバモイルオキシ基)、スルファモイルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のスルファモイルオキシ基で、例えば、N,N-ジエチルスルファモイルオキシ基、N-プロピルスルファモイルオキシ基)、アルキルスルホニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~38、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のアルキルスルホニルオキシ基で、例えば、メチルスルホニルオキシ基、ヘキサデシルスルホニルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルスルホニルオキシ基)、アリールスルホニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~32、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリールスルホニルオキシ基で、例えば、フェニルスルホニルオキシ基)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアシル基で、例えば、ホルミル基、アセチル基、ピバロイル基、ベンゾイル基、テトラデカノイル基、シクロヘキサノイル基)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~48、より好ましくは炭素数2~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルコキシカルボニル基で、例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、オクタデシルオキシカルボニル基、シクロヘキシルオキシカルボニル基、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルシクロヘキシルオキシカルボニル基)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~32、より好ましくは炭素数7~24のアリールオキシカルボニル基で、例えば、フェノキシカルボニル基)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のカルバモイル基で、例えば、カルバモイル基、N,N-ジエチルカルバモイル基、N-エチル-N-オクチルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジブチルカルバモイル基、N-プロピルカルバモイル基、N-フェニルカルバモイル基、N-メチルN-フェニルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジシクロへキシルカルバモイル基)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数32以下、より好ましくは炭素数24以下のアミノ基で、例えば、アミノ基、メチルアミノ基、N,N-ジブチルアミノ基、テトラデシルアミノ基、2-エチルへキシルアミノ基、シクロヘキシルアミノ基)、アニリノ基(好ましくは炭素数6~32、より好ましくは6~24のアニリノ基で、例えば、アニリノ基、N-メチルアニリノ基)、ヘテロ環アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは1~18のヘテロ環アミノ基で、例えば、4-ピリジルアミノ基)、カルボンアミド基(好ましくは炭素数2~48、より好ましくは2~24のカルボンアミド基で、例えば、アセトアミド基、ベンズアミド基、テトラデカンアミド基、ピバロイルアミド基、シクロヘキサンアミド基)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のウレイド基で、例えば、ウレイド基、N,N-ジメチルウレイド基、N-フェニルウレイド基)、イミド基(好ましくは炭素数36以下、より好ましくは炭素数24以下のイミド基で、例えば、N-スクシンイミド基、N-フタルイミド基)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~48、より好ましくは炭素数2~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基で、例えば、メトキシカルボニルアミノ基、エトキシカルボニルアミノ基、t-ブトキシカルボニルアミノ基、オクタデシルオキシカルボニルアミノ基、シクロヘキシルオキシカルボニルアミノ基)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~32、より好ましくは炭素数7~24のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基で、例えば、フェノキシカルボニルアミノ基)、スルホンアミド基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のスルホンアミド基で、例えば、メタンスルホンアミド基、ブタンスルホンアミド基、ベンゼンスルホンアミド基、ヘキサデカンスルホンアミド基、シクロヘキサンスルホンアミド基)、スルファモイルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のスルファモイルアミノ基で、例えば、N,N-ジプロピルスルファモイルアミノ基、N-エチル-N-ドデシルスルファモイルアミノ基)、アゾ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のアゾ基で、例えば、フェニルアゾ基、3-ピラゾリルアゾ基)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキルチオ基で、例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、オクチルチオ基、シクロヘキシルチオ基)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~48、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリールチオ基で、例えば、フェニルチオ基)、ヘテロ環チオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~18のヘテロ環チオ基で、例えば、2-ベンゾチアゾリルチオ基、2-ピリジルチオ基、1-フェニルテトラゾリルチオ基)、アルキルスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキルスルフィニル基で、例えば、ドデカンスルフィニル基)、アリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~32、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリールスルフィニル基で、例えば、フェニルスルフィニル基)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキルスルホニル基で、例えば、メチルスルホニル基、エチルスルホニル基、プロピルスルホニル基、ブチルスルホニル基、イソプロピルスルホニル基、2-エチルヘキシルスルホニル基、ヘキサデシルスルホニル基、オクチルスルホニル基、シクロヘキシルスルホニル基)、アリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~48、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリールスルホニル基で、例えば、フェニルスルホニル基、1-ナフチルスルホニル基)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数32以下、より好ましくは炭素数24以下のスルファモイル基で、例えば、スルファモイル基、N,N-ジプロピルスルファモイル基、N-エチル-N-ドデシルスルファモイル基、N-エチル-N-フェニルスルファモイル基、N-シクロヘキシルスルファモイル基)、スルホ基、ホスホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のホスホニル基で、例えば、フェノキシホスホニル基、オクチルオキシホスホニル基、フェニルホスホニル)、ホスフィノイルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のホスフィノイルアミノ基で、例えば、ジエトキシホスフィノイルアミノ基、ジオクチルオキシホスフィノイルアミノ基)。
(Substituent group A)
The substituents included in Substituent Group A are shown below.
A halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom), an alkyl group (preferably a C1-C48, more preferably a C1-C24 linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, Methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, A cyclohexyl group, a 1-norbornyl group, a 1-adamantyl group), an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, 3-butene- 1-yl group), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 24 carbon atoms, An aryl group, a naphthyl group), a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a 2-thienyl group, a 4-pyridyl group, a 2-furyl group, 2-pyrimidinyl group, 1-pyridyl group, 2-benzothiazolyl group, 1-imidazolyl group, 1-pyrazolyl group, benzotriazol-1-yl group), silyl group (preferably having 3 to 38 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon number) 3-18 silyl groups, for example, trimethylsilyl group, triethylsilyl group, tributylsilyl group, t-butyldimethylsilyl group, t-hexyldimethylsilyl group), hydroxyl group, cyano group, nitro group, alkoxy group (preferably A linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, Toxyl group, 1-butoxy group, 2-butoxy group, isopropoxy group, t-butoxy group, dodecyloxy group, cyclopentyloxy group, cyclohexyloxy group), aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably An aryloxy group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxy group or 1-naphthoxy group), a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 32, more preferably a heterocyclic oxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, For example, 1-phenyltetrazol-5-oxy group, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy group), silyloxy group (preferably a silyloxy group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a trimethylsilyloxy group) , T-butyldimethylsilyloxy group, diphenylmethylsilyloxy group), acyloxy group ( Preferably, it is an acyloxy group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, such as an acetoxy group, pivaloyloxy group, benzoyloxy group, dodecanoyloxy group), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 48, more preferably a linear, branched, or cyclic alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, such as ethoxycarbonyloxy group, t-butoxycarbonyloxy group, cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy group), aryloxycarbonyl An oxy group (preferably an aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxycarbonyloxy group), a carbamoyloxy group (preferably 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably Is a C1-C24 carba Yloxy group, for example, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyloxy group, N-butylcarbamoyloxy group, N-phenylcarbamoyloxy group, N-ethyl-N-phenylcarbamoyloxy group), sulfamoyloxy group (preferably carbon A sulfamoyloxy group having 1 to 32, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as N, N-diethylsulfamoyloxy group and N-propylsulfamoyloxy group), alkylsulfonyloxy group (preferably Is an alkylsulfonyloxy group having 1 to 38 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfonyloxy group, a hexadecylsulfonyloxy group, a cyclohexylsulfonyloxy group, or an arylsulfonyloxy group (preferably having a carbon number). 6 to 32, more preferably 6 to 2 carbon atoms An arylsulfonyloxy group of, for example, a phenylsulfonyloxy group), an acyl group (preferably having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms), a linear, branched, or cyclic acyl group, for example, Formyl group, acetyl group, pivaloyl group, benzoyl group, tetradecanoyl group, cyclohexanoyl group), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, linear, branched, Or a cyclic alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an octadecyloxycarbonyl group, a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, a 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylcyclohexyloxycarbonyl group), an aryloxycarbonyl Group (preferably having 7 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably Is an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group, and a carbamoyl group (preferably a carbamoyl group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a carbamoyl group, N , N-diethylcarbamoyl group, N-ethyl-N-octylcarbamoyl group, N, N-dibutylcarbamoyl group, N-propylcarbamoyl group, N-phenylcarbamoyl group, N-methylN-phenylcarbamoyl group, N, N- Dicyclohexylcarbamoyl group), amino group (preferably an amino group having 32 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 24 or less carbon atoms, such as amino group, methylamino group, N, N-dibutylamino group, tetradecylamino group) 2-ethylhexylamino group, cyclohexylamino group), anilino group (preferably Or an anilino group having 6 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as an anilino group or N-methylanilino group, or a heterocyclic amino group (preferably having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms). A heterocyclic amino group such as a 4-pyridylamino group, a carbonamido group (preferably a carbonamido group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms such as an acetamide group, a benzamide group, a tetradecanamide group, Pivaloylamide group, cyclohexaneamide group), ureido group (preferably ureido group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as ureido group, N, N-dimethylureido group, N-phenylureido group) ), An imide group (preferably an imide group having 36 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 24 or less carbon atoms, such as N— A succinimide group, N-phthalimido group), an alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, methoxycarbonyl Amino group, ethoxycarbonylamino group, t-butoxycarbonylamino group, octadecyloxycarbonylamino group, cyclohexyloxycarbonylamino group), aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably having 7 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably having 7 to 24 carbon atoms) Aryloxycarbonylamino group of, for example, phenoxycarbonylamino group), sulfonamide group (preferably a sulfonamide group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfonamide group, butane Sulfonami Group, benzenesulfonamide group, hexadecanesulfonamide group, cyclohexanesulfonamide group), sulfamoylamino group (preferably a sulfamoylamino group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, N, N-dipropylsulfamoylamino group, N-ethyl-N-dodecylsulfamoylamino group), an azo group (preferably an azo group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, For example, a phenylazo group, a 3-pyrazolylazo group), an alkylthio group (preferably a linear, branched, or cyclic alkylthio group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a methylthio group, Ethylthio group, octylthio group, cyclohexylthio group), arylthio group (preferably having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferred) Is an arylthio group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenylthio group, and a heterocyclic thio group (preferably a heterocyclic thio group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as 2-benzo A thiazolylthio group, a 2-pyridylthio group, a 1-phenyltetrazolylthio group), an alkylsulfinyl group (preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms). A sulfinyl group, for example, dodecanesulfinyl group), an arylsulfinyl group (preferably an arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, a phenylsulfinyl group), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably C1-C48, more preferably C1-C24 linear, branched, or cyclic alkylsulfonyl Group, for example, methylsulfonyl group, ethylsulfonyl group, propylsulfonyl group, butylsulfonyl group, isopropylsulfonyl group, 2-ethylhexylsulfonyl group, hexadecylsulfonyl group, octylsulfonyl group, cyclohexylsulfonyl group), arylsulfonyl group (preferably Is an arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenylsulfonyl group or 1-naphthylsulfonyl group, a sulfamoyl group (preferably having 32 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 24 carbon atoms). The following sulfamoyl groups include, for example, sulfamoyl group, N, N-dipropylsulfamoyl group, N-ethyl-N-dodecylsulfamoyl group, N-ethyl-N-phenylsulfamoyl group, N-cyclohexylsulfa Moyl group ), Sulfo group, phosphonyl group (preferably phosphonyl group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as phenoxyphosphonyl group, octyloxyphosphonyl group, phenylphosphonyl group), phosphinoyl An amino group (preferably a phosphinoylamino group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a diethoxyphosphinoylamino group or a dioctyloxyphosphinoylamino group).
 一般式(M1)中のR101~R110、一般式(M2)中のR201~R215、一般式(M3)中のR301~R317、及び一般式(M4)中のR401~R407が置換基を表す場合、その置換基は、さらに置換可能な基である場合には、置換基をさらに有していてもよく、その置換基としては上記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられ、2個以上の置換基を有している場合には、それらの置換基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。また、一般式(M1)中のR101~R110、一般式(M2)中のR201~R215、一般式(M3)中のR301~R317、及び一般式(M4)中のR401~R407が置換基を表す場合、その置換基のうち少なくとも2つは、互いに結合して5員、6員、又は7員の飽和環、又は不飽和環を形成していてもよい。形成される5員、6員、及び7員の環が、さらに置換可能な基である場合には、置換基をさらに有していてもよく、その置換基としては上記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられ、2個以上の置換基で置換されている場合には、それらの置換基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 R 101 to R 110 in general formula (M1), R 201 to R 215 in general formula (M2), R 301 to R 317 in general formula (M3), and R 401 to R in general formula (M4) When R 407 represents a substituent, the substituent may further have a substituent when the substituent is a substitutable group, and the substituent is a substituent selected from the above substituent group A. Group, and when it has two or more substituents, these substituents may be the same or different. R 101 to R 110 in the general formula (M1), R 201 to R 215 in the general formula (M2), R 301 to R 317 in the general formula (M3), and R in the general formula (M4). When 401 to R 407 represent a substituent, at least two of the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered, 6-membered, or 7-membered saturated ring, or an unsaturated ring. When the formed 5-membered, 6-membered, and 7-membered rings are further substitutable groups, they may further have a substituent, and the substituent is selected from the above substituent group A. When the substituent is substituted with two or more substituents, these substituents may be the same or different.
 一般式(M1)におけるR101として、好ましくは水素原子、ヒドロキシル基であり、より好ましくはヒドロキシル基である。
 一般式(M1)におけるR102として、好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、炭素数2~20のアルコキシカルボニル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又はカルボキシル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子、臭素原子、カルボキシル基である。
 一般式(M1)におけるR104として、好ましくは水素原子、又は置換若しくは無置換の炭素1~20のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、又は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~12のアルキル基であり、特に好ましくは無置換の炭素数1~8のアルキル基である。
 一般式(M1)におけるR108として、好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、カルボキシル基、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数2~20のアルコキシカルボニル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のカルバモイル基を表す。
 一般式(M1)におけるR103、R105、及びR106として、好ましくは各々独立に、水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数6~10のアリール基、又はハロゲン原子であり、より好ましくは水素原子、又は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~12のアルキル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M1)におけるR107、R109、及びR110として、好ましくは各々独立に、水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数6~10のアリール基、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数2~20のアルコキシカルボニル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子であり、特に好ましくは水素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子である。
R 101 in the general formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, and more preferably a hydroxyl group.
R 102 in formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a carboxyl group, particularly preferably. Is a hydrogen atom, a bromine atom, or a carboxyl group.
R 104 in formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. And particularly preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 108 in the general formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, Or a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group.
R 103 , R 105 , and R 106 in the general formula (M1) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6 to 10 An aryl group, or a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 107 , R 109 and R 110 in the general formula (M1) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6 to 10 An aryl group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, particularly preferably. A hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom.
 一般式(M2)におけるR201、R205、R206、及びR210として、好ましくは各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M2)におけるR202、及びR209として、好ましくは各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、スルホ基であり、より好ましくは、水素原子、スルホ基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M2)におけるR203、R204、R207、及びR208として、好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、又は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数6~18のアリール基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~18のアルキル基、又は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数6~10のアリール基であり、特に好ましくは、水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数2~12のアルキル基、又は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数6~10のアリール基である。
 一般式(M2)におけるR211として、好ましくはカルボキシレート基(-CO )、スルホネート基(-SO )、置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイル基であり、より好ましくは、スルホネート基、置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイル基であり、特に好ましくはスルホネート基、アルコキシカルボニル基である。
 一般式(M2)におけるR212、R213、R214、及びR215として、好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、カルボキシル基、置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、スルホ基、置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のアミノ基であり、より好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、スルホ基、置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のアミノ基であり、特に好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、スルホ基、置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のアミノ基である。
 一般式(M2)におけるR214とR215は、互いに結合して環を形成することも好ましい。
 一般式(M2)におけるX201として、好ましくは塩素イオン、アセテートイオン、トリフラートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートイオン、パークロレートイオン、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオンであり、より好ましくは、テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートイオン、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオンである。
 一般式(M2)におけるn201として、好ましくは0または1であり、より好ましくは0である。
R 201 , R 205 , R 206 and R 210 in formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 202 and R 209 in the general formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a sulfo group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a sulfo group, and particularly preferably hydrogen. Is an atom.
R 203 , R 204 , R 207 and R 208 in the general formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number. An aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably A hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
R 211 in the general formula (M2) is preferably a carboxylate group (—CO 2 ), a sulfonate group (—SO 3 ), a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a substituted group Or an unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, more preferably a sulfonate group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, particularly preferably a sulfonate group, An alkoxycarbonyl group;
R 212 , R 213 , R 214 and R 215 in the general formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a carboxyl group, A substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or halogen atom. A carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, particularly preferably each independently Atom, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy A rubonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
R 214 and R 215 in formula (M2) are also preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
X 201 in the general formula (M2) is preferably a chlorine ion, an acetate ion, a triflate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion, a perchlorate ion, or a bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion. More preferred are tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion and bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion.
N201 in the general formula (M2) is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
 一般式(M3)におけるR301、R302、R305、R306、R307、R308、R311、R312として、好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数6~20のアリール基、ハロゲン原子、又はヒドロキシル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M3)におけるR303、R304、R309、R310として、好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、又は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数6~20のアリール基を表し、より好ましくは水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~18のアルキル基、又は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数6~20のアリール基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、炭素数6~10のアリール基である。
 一般式(M3)におけるR313として、好ましくはカルボキシレート基、スルホネート基、置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイル基であり、より好ましくは、スルホネート基、置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイル基であり、特に好ましくはスルホネート基、アルコキシカルボニル基である。
 一般式(M3)におけるR314として、好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、又は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M3)におけるR315として、好ましくは水素原子、置換若しくは無置換のアミノ基、カルボキシル基、置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、スルホ基、置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイル基、又はヒドロキシル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、置換若しくは無置換のアミノ基、置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイル基であり、特に好ましくは置換若しくは無置換のアミノ基、又は置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイル基である。
 一般式(M3)におけるR316、R317として、好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数6~20のアリール基、ヒドロキシル基、又はハロゲン原子であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又はヒドロキシル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M3)におけるR316とR317は、互いに結合して環を形成することも好ましい。
 一般式(M3)におけるX301として、好ましくは塩素イオン、アセテートイオン、トリフラートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートイオン、パークロレートイオン、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオンであり、より好ましくは、テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートイオン、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオンである。
 一般式(M3)におけるn301として、好ましくは0または1であり、より好ましくは0である。
In general formula (M3), R 301 , R 302 , R 305 , R 306 , R 307 , R 308 , R 311 , R 312 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-20. An alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a hydroxyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 303 , R 304 , R 309 and R 310 in the general formula (M3) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6 Represents an aryl group having ˜20, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. An alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
R 313 in formula (M3) is preferably a carboxylate group, a sulfonate group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, more preferably , Sulfonate group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, particularly preferably sulfonate group and alkoxycarbonyl group.
R 314 in the general formula (M3) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom, A halogen atom and a hydroxyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 315 in formula (M3) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, substituted or unsubstituted A sulfamoyl group or a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group. And particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group.
R 316 and R 317 in formula (M3) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, hydroxyl Or a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a hydroxyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 316 and R 317 in formula (M3) are also preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
X 301 in the general formula (M3) is preferably a chlorine ion, an acetate ion, a triflate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion, a perchlorate ion, or a bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion. More preferred are tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion and bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion.
N301 in the general formula (M3) is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
 一般式(M4)におけるR401として、好ましくは水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数6~20のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換のアシル基であり、より好ましくは置換または無置換の炭素数1~18のアルキル基であり、特に好ましくは置換または無置換の炭素数1~16のアルキル基である。
 一般式(M4)におけるR402として、好ましくは水素原子、又は置換若しくは無置換のアミノ基であり、より好ましくは置換または無置換のアミノ基であり、特に好ましくは置換または無置換のアシルアミノ基である。
 一般式(M4)におけるR403、R406、R407として、好ましくは各々独立に、水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、ヒドロキシル基、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子であり、より好ましくは水素原子、又は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M4)におけるR404、R405として好ましくは、水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、又は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数6~20のアリール基であり、より好ましくは置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、特に好ましくは置換または無置換の炭素数1~8のアルキル基である。
R 401 in the general formula (M4) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group. More preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms.
R 402 in formula (M4) is preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, and particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted acylamino group. is there.
R 403 , R 406 and R 407 in formula (M4) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 An alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 404 and R 405 in formula (M4) are preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
 上記一般式(M1)、一般式(M2)、一般式(M3)及び一般式(M4)で表される染料の具体例を以下に示す。Meはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、i-Prはイソプロピル基を表す。 Specific examples of the dyes represented by the above general formula (M1), general formula (M2), general formula (M3) and general formula (M4) are shown below. Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and i-Pr represents an isopropyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 上記一般式(M1)で表される染料、一般式(M2)で表される染料、一般式(M3)で表される染料、及び一般式(M4)で表される染料は従来公知の方法により合成することができる(例えば、特公平7-49583号公報、特公平5-5257号公報、特許5715380号、WO2010/110199、WO2015/016265など)。合成方法は具体的には実施例で例示する。 The dye represented by the general formula (M1), the dye represented by the general formula (M2), the dye represented by the general formula (M3), and the dye represented by the general formula (M4) are conventionally known methods. (For example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 7-49583, Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-5257, Japanese Patent No. 5715380, WO2010 / 110199, WO2015 / 016265, etc.). The synthesis method is specifically illustrated in the examples.
(染料ポリマー(P)の分子量)
 本発明では染料ポリマー(P)を水に分散した状態で用いるため、分散性に関して、染料ポリマー(P)には最適な分子量の範囲があり、その分子量の範囲の上限以下であれば分散体の再凝集が起きにくい。一方、最適な分子量の範囲の下限以上であれば水及び水性有機溶剤へ溶解しにくい。使用する染料ポリマー(P)の種類により異なるが、概ねその重量平均分子量が3,000~2,000,000のものを用いるのが好ましく、3,000~1,000,000のものを用いるのがより好ましく、3,000~200,000のものを用いるのが特に好ましい。
 染料ポリマー(P)の重量平均分子量はゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)測定から算出できる。本明細書において、GPCは、特に断らない限り、HLC-8220GPC(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムをTSKgel SuperHZM-H、TSKgel SuperHZ4000、TSKgel SuperHZ200(東ソー社製)で測定し、数平均分子量はポリスチレン換算により算出した。キャリアは適宜選定すればよいが、溶解可能であるかぎり、NMP(N-メチルピロリドン)を用いた。
(Molecular weight of dye polymer (P))
In the present invention, since the dye polymer (P) is used in a state of being dispersed in water, the dye polymer (P) has an optimum molecular weight range with respect to dispersibility. Re-aggregation hardly occurs. On the other hand, it is difficult to dissolve in water and an aqueous organic solvent as long as it is at least the lower limit of the optimum molecular weight range. Depending on the type of dye polymer (P) used, it is generally preferable to use a polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 to 2,000,000, preferably 3,000 to 1,000,000. Are more preferable, and those of 3,000 to 200,000 are particularly preferable.
The weight average molecular weight of the dye polymer (P) can be calculated from gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, GPC is HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and the column is measured with TSKgel SuperHZM-H, TSKgel SuperHZ4000, TSKgel SuperHZ200 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and the number average molecular weight. Was calculated by polystyrene conversion. The carrier may be appropriately selected, but NMP (N-methylpyrrolidone) was used as long as it was soluble.
(染料ポリマー(P)の構造)
 染料ポリマー(P)は、必須の構造として、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有していればよいが、水への分散性の観点から疎水基(電気的に中性の非極性基で水と親和性が低い基)、及びイオン性基(電気的にイオン性の極性基で、水との親和性が高い基)の少なくとも1種を含む繰り返し単位を導入することがより好ましい。染料ポリマー(P)の分子構造は、直鎖又は分岐したものいずれでもよく、ランダム、交互、周期、ブロックのいずれの構造でもよく、幹と枝の構造がデザインされたグラフトポリマーであってもよい。
 染料ポリマー(P)の形成方法としては、いわゆる共重合などの方法が、設計の自由度の観点から好ましい。共重合成分としては以下のような疎水基含有単量体、陰イオン性基含有単量体、陽イオン性基含有単量体、その他の機能性単量体が挙げられる。
(Structure of dye polymer (P))
The dye polymer (P) has only to have a repeating unit including a structure derived from a dye as an essential structure, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility in water, a hydrophobic group (electrically neutral nonpolar group) It is more preferable to introduce a repeating unit containing at least one of an ionic group (an electrically ionic polar group having a high affinity with water) and a group having a low affinity with water. The molecular structure of the dye polymer (P) may be either linear or branched, may be random, alternating, periodic, or block, and may be a graft polymer designed with a trunk and branch structure. .
As a method for forming the dye polymer (P), a method such as so-called copolymerization is preferable from the viewpoint of design flexibility. Examples of the copolymer component include the following hydrophobic group-containing monomers, anionic group-containing monomers, cationic group-containing monomers, and other functional monomers.
 染料ポリマー(P)における染料に由来する構造を有する繰り返し単位の全繰り返し単位に対する含有率は、好ましくは10~90質量%であり、より好ましくは25~90質量%であり、特に好ましくは50~80質量%である。染料に由来する構造を有する繰り返し単位の含有率が10質量%以上であれば、単位質量当たりの着色力が向上し布帛への染色濃度が高くなる。また、90質量%以下であると、染料ポリマー合成時において分子量を適切な範囲に調整しやすい。 The content of the repeating unit having a structure derived from the dye in the dye polymer (P) with respect to all repeating units is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 25 to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 50 to 90% by mass. 80% by mass. If the content rate of the repeating unit which has a structure derived from dye is 10 mass% or more, the coloring power per unit mass will improve and the dyeing density to a fabric will become high. Moreover, it is easy to adjust molecular weight to an appropriate range at the time of dye polymer synthesis as it is 90 mass% or less.
 以下に染料ポリマー(P)に導入し得る、染料に由来する構造を有する繰り返し単位以外の繰返し単位について説明する。 Hereinafter, repeating units other than the repeating unit having a structure derived from a dye that can be introduced into the dye polymer (P) will be described.
〔疎水基含有単量体〕
 疎水基含有単量体としては、例えば、スチレン系単量体、フェニル基含有(メタ)アクリレート類、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル類、アルキルビニルエーテル類、(メタ)アクリロニトリル等のビニル単量体;ポリイソシアネートとポリオール又はポリアミン等から形成されるウレタン基含有ビニル単量体;エピクロルヒドリンとビスフェノール等から形成されるエポキシ基含有ビニル単量体;多価カルボン酸とポリアルコール等を単量体から形成されるエステル基含有ビニル単量体;オルガノポリシロキサン等から形成されるシリコーン基含有ビニル単量体などが挙げられる。
 好ましくは、スチレン、ベンジルメタクリレート、メチルメタクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルメタクリレート、イソボロニルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレート、2-[(3,5-ジメチルピラゾリル)カルボニルアミノ]エチルメタクリレート、2-(0-[1’-メチルプロピリデンアミノ]カルボキシアミノ)エチルメタクリレートである。
(Hydrophobic group-containing monomer)
Examples of the hydrophobic group-containing monomer include vinyl monomers such as styrene monomers, phenyl group-containing (meth) acrylates, (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters, alkyl vinyl ethers, (meth) acrylonitrile; Urethane group-containing vinyl monomer formed from polyisocyanate and polyol or polyamine; epoxy group-containing vinyl monomer formed from epichlorohydrin and bisphenol; polyvalent carboxylic acid and polyalcohol etc. are formed from monomers Ester group-containing vinyl monomers; silicone group-containing vinyl monomers formed from organopolysiloxanes and the like.
Preferably, styrene, benzyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate, 2-[(3,5-dimethylpyrazolyl) carbonylamino] ethyl methacrylate 2- (0- [1′-methylpropylideneamino] carboxyamino) ethyl methacrylate.
 次に、イオン性基には、陰イオン性基と陽イオン性基があるが、これらのイオン性基を与える単量体としては、以下のものがある。 Next, the ionic group includes an anionic group and a cationic group. Examples of monomers that give these ionic groups include the following.
〔陰イオン性基含有単量体〕
 陰イオン性基含有単量体として、以下の不飽和カルボン酸単量体、不飽和スルホン酸単量体、不飽和リン酸単量体、又はこれらの無水物や塩等を用いることができる。不飽和カルボン酸単量体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸、ソルビン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸、不飽和ジカルボン酸のモノアルキルエステル等またはそれらの無水物及び塩などが挙げられる。
 好ましくは、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、2-アクリロイロキシエチルコハク酸、2-メタクリロイロキシエチルコハク酸である。
 不飽和スルホン酸単量体としては、例えば、スチレンスルホン酸、ビニルスルホン酸、2-アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシアルキルの硫酸エステル等、又はそれらの塩等が挙げられる。
 不飽和リン酸単量体としては、例えば、ビニルホスホン酸、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル(炭素数2~6)の燐酸エステル、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルホスホン酸類等が挙げられる。
 好ましくはスチレンスルホン酸、2-アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸である。
(Anionic group-containing monomer)
As the anionic group-containing monomer, the following unsaturated carboxylic acid monomer, unsaturated sulfonic acid monomer, unsaturated phosphoric acid monomer, or an anhydride or salt thereof can be used. Examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, sorbic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, monoalkyl esters of unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, and anhydrides and salts thereof. Is mentioned.
Acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, 2-acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, and 2-methacryloyloxyethyl succinic acid are preferable.
Examples of the unsaturated sulfonic acid monomer include styrene sulfonic acid, vinyl sulfonic acid, 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid, sulfuric acid ester of 2-hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate, and salts thereof. Is mentioned.
Examples of the unsaturated phosphoric acid monomer include vinylphosphonic acid, phosphoric acid ester of hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate (2 to 6 carbon atoms), and (meth) acrylic acid alkylphosphonic acid.
Styrene sulfonic acid and 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid are preferred.
〔陽イオン性基含有単量体〕
 陽イオン性基含有単量体として、以下の、不飽和アミン含有単量体、不飽和アンモニウム塩含有単量体等を用いることができる。不飽和アミン含有単量体としては、例えば,ビニルアミン、アリルアミン、ビニルピリジン、メチルビニルピリジン、N,N-ジアルキルアミノスチレン、N,N-ジアルキルアミノアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、ジアルキルアミノエチルビニルエーテル等が挙げられる。
 不飽和アンモニウム塩含有単量体としては、上記不飽和3級アミン含有単量体を4級化剤で4級化させたもの等が挙げられる。
(Cationic group-containing monomer)
As the cationic group-containing monomer, the following unsaturated amine-containing monomer, unsaturated ammonium salt-containing monomer, and the like can be used. Examples of unsaturated amine-containing monomers include vinylamine, allylamine, vinylpyridine, methylvinylpyridine, N, N-dialkylaminostyrene, N, N-dialkylaminoalkyl (meth) acrylate, and dialkylaminoethyl vinyl ether. It is done.
Examples of the unsaturated ammonium salt-containing monomer include those obtained by quaternizing the unsaturated tertiary amine-containing monomer with a quaternizing agent.
〔その他の機能性単量体〕
 上記の共重合法によるもの以外に、例えば、イオン性基を予め導入したウレタン形成基含有単量体をウレタン重合、又はイオン性基を予め導入したエポキシ形成基含有単量体をエポキシ重合するなどの方法も採用することができる。また、基幹の高分子を重合形成した後、目的のイオン性基を導入することで、本発明の染料ポリマー(P)を得ることもできる。なお、その他の成分を含有していてもよく、例えば、イオン性を伴わない、ヒドロキシル基やアミド基を持つポリエチレンオキサイド、ポリオールやヒドロキシアルキルエステル類含有単量体、アクリルアミド、ヒドロキシアルキルアクリレート、酢酸ビニル、ビニルアルコール、N-エチルメタクリルアミド、N-イソプロピルアクリルアミド、N-ビニルピロリドン等を単量体として共重合させることもできる。
[Other functional monomers]
In addition to the above copolymerization method, for example, urethane polymerization of a urethane-forming group-containing monomer into which an ionic group has been introduced in advance, or epoxy polymerization of an epoxy-forming group-containing monomer into which an ionic group has been introduced in advance. This method can also be adopted. Moreover, after polymerizing the basic polymer, the target ionic group is introduced to obtain the dye polymer (P) of the present invention. In addition, other components may be contained, for example, polyethylene oxide having a hydroxyl group or an amide group without ionicity, a polyol or a hydroxyalkyl ester-containing monomer, acrylamide, hydroxyalkyl acrylate, vinyl acetate. Vinyl alcohol, N-ethylmethacrylamide, N-isopropylacrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone and the like can be copolymerized as monomers.
 本発明で好ましく用いられる染料ポリマー(P)の具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されない。L中の*1はポリマー主鎖の炭素原子との結合位置を、*2はDとの結合位置をそれぞれ表し、D中の*3はLとの結合位置を表す。Meはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表す。 Specific examples of the dye polymer (P) preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but are not limited thereto. L 1 in * 1 positions bonded to the carbon atom of the polymer backbone, * 2 denotes respectively the coupling position with the D 1, * 3 in the D 1 represents a bonding position to L 1. Me represents a methyl group, and Et represents an ethyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
<染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体>
 染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体は、少なくとも、水、及び[A]染料ポリマー(P)を含んでおり、好ましくは[B]水性有機溶剤を含有する。また、染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体の製造方法によっては、[C]低分子型界面活性剤又は高分子型分散剤を併用する場合と、併用しない場合(いわゆる自己分散)のいずれの形態であってもよい。
<Aqueous dispersion of dye polymer (P)>
The aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer (P) contains at least water and [A] the dye polymer (P), and preferably contains [B] an aqueous organic solvent. In addition, depending on the method for producing the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer (P), [C] either a low molecular surfactant or a high molecular dispersant is used in combination or not (so-called self-dispersing). It may be.
[A]染料ポリマー(P)
 本発明では、上述の染料ポリマー(P)を、水に溶解した状態ではなく、水に分散した状態(水分散体)として用いる。
 染料ポリマーが水に分散した状態では、水に溶解した状態とは異なり、実質的に水に溶けないポリマーになっているので、耐洗濯性、耐汗性などの耐水性の面で優れる。本発明では、印捺後に、水で洗い流す工程が不要であるため、染料ポリマーは実質的に水に溶けないポリマーである。本発明に用いる水分散体は、水に溶けないポリマーは粒子として分散しており、粒径が50~500nmであることが好ましい。ポリマーが水に溶けている場合にはポリマーは水中で粒子として存在しない。
 染料ポリマーは1種のみ用いることもできるし、2種以上を任意の割合で混合して用いることもできる。
 水としては特に限定はなく、イオン交換水、限外濾過水、逆浸透水、蒸留水等の純水、または、超純水等を用いることができる。また、紫外線照射、又は過酸化水素添加などにより滅菌した水を用いることもできる。水としては超純水を用いることが好ましい。
[A] Dye polymer (P)
In the present invention, the above dye polymer (P) is used not in a state dissolved in water but in a state dispersed in water (water dispersion).
In the state where the dye polymer is dispersed in water, unlike the state in which the dye polymer is dissolved in water, the polymer is substantially insoluble in water, and thus is excellent in terms of water resistance such as washing resistance and sweat resistance. In the present invention, since a step of washing with water after printing is unnecessary, the dye polymer is a polymer that is substantially insoluble in water. In the aqueous dispersion used in the present invention, a polymer that is insoluble in water is dispersed as particles, and the particle size is preferably 50 to 500 nm. If the polymer is dissolved in water, the polymer is not present as particles in water.
Only one dye polymer can be used, or two or more dye polymers can be mixed and used in an arbitrary ratio.
Water is not particularly limited, and pure water such as ion exchange water, ultrafiltration water, reverse osmosis water, distilled water, or ultrapure water can be used. Further, water sterilized by ultraviolet irradiation or addition of hydrogen peroxide can also be used. It is preferable to use ultrapure water as water.
(1-1)分散性
 染料ポリマー(P)は、水分散時において、染料ポリマー(P)自体の性質として、又は併用する低分子型界面活性剤若しくは高分子型分散剤との吸着により、水となじみやすく(濡れやすく)、静電反発(斥力)や立体反発により染料ポリマーの微粒子の再凝集を防止し、沈降生成の抑制の機能を有する。
(1-1) Dispersibility The dye polymer (P) is water-dispersed as a property of the dye polymer (P) itself during water dispersion, or by adsorption with a low molecular surfactant or a high molecular dispersant used in combination. It is easy to become familiar (easy to get wet), and prevents electrostatic particles (repulsive force) and steric repulsion from reaggregating the fine particles of the dye polymer, and has a function of suppressing sedimentation.
(1-2)平均粒子径
 染料ポリマー(P)は水分散体中で粒子状になっている。染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体における粒子状の染料ポリマーの平均粒子径は50~500nmであることが好ましく、50~300nmであることがより好ましく、50~200nmであることが特に好ましい。この範囲内であると、インクジェット法により布帛に直接印捺することができる。
 本明細書における平均粒子径は、粒度分布測定装置(ナノトラックUPA EX150、日機装株式会社製、商品名)を用いて測定した値を用いた。
(1-2) Average particle diameter The dye polymer (P) is in the form of particles in the aqueous dispersion. The average particle size of the particulate dye polymer in the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer (P) is preferably 50 to 500 nm, more preferably 50 to 300 nm, and particularly preferably 50 to 200 nm. Within this range, the fabric can be directly printed by the ink jet method.
The value measured using the particle size distribution measuring apparatus (Nanotrack UPA EX150, the Nikkiso Co., Ltd. make, brand name) was used for the average particle diameter in this specification.
 水分散体中の染料ポリマー(P)の含有量として、好ましくは0.1~40質量%であり、より好ましくは1~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは3~25質量%である。この範囲であるとインクジェットインクとしての貯蔵安定性を確保しつつ、印刷において高濃度の染色布を得ることができる。
 水分散体中の水の含有量として、好ましくは50~95質量%であり、より好ましくは55~90質量%であり、特に好ましくは60~90質量%である。この範囲であると、水分散体の安定性と、インクジェットインクとしての吐出安定性を付与することができる。なお、水分散体の安定性とは沈降などが起こりにくいことを示す。
The content of the dye polymer (P) in the aqueous dispersion is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 25% by mass. Within this range, a high-density dyed cloth can be obtained in printing while ensuring storage stability as an inkjet ink.
The content of water in the aqueous dispersion is preferably 50 to 95% by mass, more preferably 55 to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 60 to 90% by mass. Within this range, the stability of the aqueous dispersion and the ejection stability as an inkjet ink can be imparted. The stability of the aqueous dispersion indicates that precipitation or the like hardly occurs.
[B]水性有機溶剤
 水性有機溶剤としては、25℃における水溶解度として10g/100g-HO以上であるものが好ましく、20g/100g-HOであるものがより好ましく、水と任意の割合で混和するものが特に好ましい。水性有機溶剤としては、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、ニトリル系溶剤が挙げられる。例えば、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、イソプロパノール、n-ブタノール、イソブタノール、tert-ブタノール、トリメチロールプロパン、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ブチレングリコール、1,2,6-ヘキサントリオ-ル、チオグルコール、ヘキシレングリコール、グリセリン、ジグリセリン、2-ピロリドン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、1,5-ペンタンジオ-ル、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、アセトニトリルなどが挙げられる。好ましくはトリメチロールプロパン、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、グリセリン、2-ピロリドン、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルであり、より好ましくは、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、グリセリン、2-ピロリドン、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルであり、特に好ましくはエチレングリコール、グリセリン、2-ピロリドンである。
 水分散体中の水性有機溶剤の含有量として、好ましくは5~50質量%であり、より好ましくは5~40質量%であり、特に好ましくは、10~30質量%である。この範囲であると、水分散体の安定性と、インクジェットインクとしての吐出安定性を付与することができる。
[B] Aqueous organic solvent The aqueous organic solvent preferably has a water solubility at 25 ° C. of 10 g / 100 g-H 2 O or more, more preferably 20 g / 100 g-H 2 O, and water and an optional solvent. Those mixed in proportions are particularly preferred. Examples of the aqueous organic solvent include alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and nitrile solvents. For example, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, isobutanol, tert-butanol, trimethylolpropane, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, 1,2,6 -Hexanetriol, thioglycol, hexylene glycol, glycerin, diglycerin, 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, Examples thereof include ethylene glycol monobutyl ether and acetonitrile. Preferred are trimethylolpropane, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, 2-pyrrolidone, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, more preferably ethylene. Glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, 2-pyrrolidone and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether are preferred, with ethylene glycol, glycerin and 2-pyrrolidone being particularly preferred.
The content of the aqueous organic solvent in the aqueous dispersion is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 30% by mass. Within this range, the stability of the aqueous dispersion and the ejection stability as an inkjet ink can be imparted.
[C]低分子界面活性剤又は高分子型分散剤
 低分子界面活性剤又は高分子型分散剤としては、好ましくは、疎水基とイオン性基を有する低分子界面活性剤又は高分子型分散剤であり、以下の特性を有することが好ましい。
[C] Low molecular surfactant or polymer dispersant As the low molecular surfactant or polymer dispersant, a low molecular surfactant or polymer dispersant having a hydrophobic group and an ionic group is preferable. And preferably have the following characteristics.
(2-1)分散性
 低分子界面活性剤又は高分子型分散剤は、染料ポリマー(P)を分散させる際に添加されることで、低分子界面活性剤又は高分子型分散剤が染料ポリマー表面に吸着し水となじませ(濡れさせる)、機械的作用により摩砕させた染料ポリマー微粒子を静電反発(斥力)や立体反発により微粒子の再凝集を防止し、沈降生成の抑制の機能を有する。
(2-1) Dispersibility The low molecular surfactant or polymer dispersant is added when dispersing the dye polymer (P), so that the low molecular surfactant or polymer dispersant becomes the dye polymer. Dye polymer fine particles adsorbed on the surface and blended (wet) with water, and ground by mechanical action, prevent re-aggregation of fine particles by electrostatic repulsion (repulsive force) and steric repulsion, and function to suppress sedimentation. Have.
(2-2)分子量
 高分子型分散剤の場合には、染料ポリマー(P)に対して、分散効果の最適な分子量があり、その分子量を超えて大きくなると染料ポリマーと染料ポリマーの間での橋渡しを引き起こし染料ポリマーの凝集を招く。一方、最適な分子量よりも小さいと染料ポリマーからの脱着が起こりやすく分散剤としての効果が小さくなる。また、分子量が小さくなると架橋させた後の固着剤としての効果が弱くなる。従って、高分子型分散剤としては、重量平均分子量が2,000~50,000のものを用いるのがよい。高分子型分散剤の重量平均分子量は染料ポリマーの重量平均分子量と同様の方法で測定される。
(2-2) Molecular Weight In the case of a polymer type dispersant, there is an optimum molecular weight for the dispersion effect with respect to the dye polymer (P). It causes bridging and causes aggregation of the dye polymer. On the other hand, if the molecular weight is smaller than the optimum molecular weight, desorption from the dye polymer is likely to occur, and the effect as a dispersant is reduced. Further, when the molecular weight is small, the effect as a fixing agent after crosslinking is weakened. Accordingly, it is preferable to use a polymer type dispersant having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 50,000. The weight average molecular weight of the polymeric dispersant is measured by the same method as the weight average molecular weight of the dye polymer.
(2-3)構造及び形態
 低分子型界面活性剤又は高分子型分散剤は、疎水基(電気的に中性の非極性基で水と親和性が低い基)とイオン性基(電気的にイオン性の極性基で、水との親和性が高い基)を有することが好ましい。その構造は、直鎖又は分岐したものいずれでもよい。高分子型界面活性剤の場合はランダム、交互、周期、ブロックのいずれの構造でもよく、幹と枝の構造がデザインされたグラフトポリマーであってもよい。
 低分子界面活性剤、及び高分子型分散剤は、水又は水性有機溶剤に配合した状態が、水溶液、ディスパージョン、エマルジョンのいずれの形態でも用いることができる。
(2-3) Structure and form The low molecular weight surfactant or polymer type dispersant is composed of a hydrophobic group (electrically neutral nonpolar group having low affinity with water) and an ionic group (electrical). It is preferable to have an ionic polar group having high affinity with water. The structure may be linear or branched. In the case of a high-molecular-weight surfactant, the structure may be random, alternating, periodic, or block, and may be a graft polymer designed with a trunk and branch structure.
The low molecular surfactant and the polymer dispersant can be used in any form of an aqueous solution, a dispersion, or an emulsion when mixed with water or an aqueous organic solvent.
(2-4)形成法及び入手方法
 低分子界面活性剤は例えば以下のようなものを用いることができる。
 陽イオン性界面活性剤として、例えば、脂肪族アミン塩、脂肪族4級アンモニウム塩、ベンザルコニウム塩、塩化ベンゼトニウム、ピリジニウム塩、及びイミダゾリニウム塩等が挙げられる。陰イオン性界面活性剤として、例えば、脂肪酸石鹸(たとえばオレイン酸ナトリウムなど)、N-アシルグルタミン酸塩、アルキルスルホン酸塩、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩、アルキルスルホ酢酸塩、硫酸化油、高級アルコール硫酸エステル塩、及びアルキルリン酸エステル塩等が挙げられる。両性界面活性剤として、例えば、カルボキシベタイン型、スルホベタイン型、アミノカルボン酸塩、及びイミダゾリニウムベタイン等が挙げられる。また、N,N-ジメチル-N-アルキルアミンオキシドのようなアミンオキシド型も好適な例として挙げられる。
 非イオン性界面活性剤として、例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンラノリン誘導体、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレングリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ポリエチレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、ポリグリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、及びアセチレングリコール等が挙げられる。また、アセチレン系ポリオキシエチレンオキシド界面活性剤であるSURFYNOLS(AirProducts&Chemicals社)も好適な例として挙げられる。その他、特開昭59-157,636号の第(37)~(38)頁、リサーチ・ディスクロージャーNo.308119(1989年)において界面活性剤として挙げられているものも用いることができる。
 低分子界面活性剤の含有量は、水分散体の全質量に対して、0.001~5.0質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、かかる範囲で水分散体の表面張力を任意に調整することが好ましい。
(2-4) Formation Method and Obtaining Method For example, the following low molecular surfactants can be used.
Examples of the cationic surfactant include aliphatic amine salts, aliphatic quaternary ammonium salts, benzalkonium salts, benzethonium chloride, pyridinium salts, and imidazolinium salts. As an anionic surfactant, for example, fatty acid soap (for example, sodium oleate), N-acyl glutamate, alkyl sulfonate, alkyl benzene sulfonate, alkyl sulfoacetate, sulfated oil, higher alcohol sulfate ester And alkyl phosphate ester salts. Examples of amphoteric surfactants include carboxybetaine type, sulfobetaine type, aminocarboxylate, and imidazolinium betaine. A suitable example is an amine oxide type such as N, N-dimethyl-N-alkylamine oxide.
Nonionic surfactants include, for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene lanolin derivative, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene glycerin fatty acid ester, polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyglycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid Examples include esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and acetylene glycols. A suitable example is SURFYNOLS (Air Products & Chemicals), which is an acetylene-based polyoxyethylene oxide surfactant. In addition, pages (37) to (38) of JP-A-59-157,636, Research Disclosure No. Those listed as surfactants in 308119 (1989) can also be used.
The content of the low molecular surfactant is preferably in the range of 0.001 to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the aqueous dispersion, and the surface tension of the aqueous dispersion is arbitrarily adjusted within this range. It is preferable to do.
 高分子型分散剤は、疎水基含有単量体とイオン性基含有単量体とを共重合させることにより製造できる。なお、それぞれの単量体は一種類のみでも、又は二種類以上用いてもよい。上記の疎水基含有単量体及びイオン性基含有単量体としては、前述の染料ポリマー(P)の共重合成分の単量体と同じである。高分子型分散剤として、ビックケミー・ジャパン社製のDISPERBYK-194N(商品名)、BASF社製のEFKA7422(商品名)などを用いることもできる。
 高分子型分散剤の含有量は、水分散体の全質量に対して、0.001~50質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、かかる範囲で水分散体の表面張力を任意に調整することが好ましい。
The polymeric dispersant can be produced by copolymerizing a hydrophobic group-containing monomer and an ionic group-containing monomer. Each monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The hydrophobic group-containing monomer and the ionic group-containing monomer are the same as the monomer of the copolymer component of the dye polymer (P) described above. As the polymeric dispersant, DISPERBYK-194N (trade name) manufactured by Big Chemie Japan, EFKA7422 (trade name) manufactured by BASF, and the like can also be used.
The content of the polymeric dispersant is preferably in the range of 0.001 to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the aqueous dispersion, and the surface tension of the aqueous dispersion can be arbitrarily adjusted within this range. Is preferred.
 染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体の製造方法は、(A)染料ポリマーの粉体又はペースト、及び必要に応じて低分子型界面活性剤又は高分子型分散剤を、水又は水性有機溶剤中で混合した後に、ガラスビーズ、ジルコニアビーズ、チタニアビーズ、又はステンレス球などとともにアトライターやミル機等で微分散する方法、又は、(B)水又は水性有機溶剤と、水又は水性有機溶剤に難溶な重合性染料モノマーと必要に応じて共重合モノマー、及び乳化剤(界面活性剤)を混合し、そこに水又は水性有機溶剤に溶解可能な重合開始剤(通常ラジカル発生剤)を加えて行う乳化重合を用いる方法があり、これらを好適に用いることができる。
 また、これらの分散体には、必要に応じ湿潤剤としてのグリコール溶剤、例えば、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、グリセリン、ポリエチレングリコールなど、及び、尿素、ヒアルロン酸、ショ糖などを添加することができる。その他に、分散助剤として、上述の非イオン性界面活性剤や陰イオン界面活性剤を添加することができるが、これらの界面活性剤は、分散安定性としての性能を低下させないように、少量配合することが好ましい。
A method for producing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P) is as follows: (A) a dye polymer powder or paste, and if necessary, a low molecular surfactant or a high molecular dispersant in water or an aqueous organic solvent. After mixing with glass beads, zirconia beads, titania beads, or stainless steel balls, etc. A soluble polymerizable dye monomer, if necessary, a copolymerization monomer, and an emulsifier (surfactant) are mixed, and a polymerization initiator (usually a radical generator) that can be dissolved in water or an aqueous organic solvent is added thereto. There is a method using emulsion polymerization, and these can be suitably used.
In addition, a glycol solvent as a wetting agent, for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, glycerin, polyethylene glycol, etc., and urea, hyaluronic acid, sucrose, etc. may be added to these dispersions as necessary. it can. In addition, the above-mentioned nonionic surfactants and anionic surfactants can be added as dispersion aids, but these surfactants are used in a small amount so as not to lower the performance as dispersion stability. It is preferable to mix.
<インクジェットインク>
 本発明の印刷方法では、上記の染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含むインクジェットインクを用いる。
 本発明の印刷方法で用いるインクジェットインクは、水を含む液体中に染料ポリマーが分散した分散液である。なお、インクジェットインク中で染料ポリマーは粒子状になっており、粒子状の染料ポリマーの好ましい平均粒子径は前述したものと同様である。
<Inkjet ink>
In the printing method of the present invention, an ink-jet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer (P), a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator is used.
The inkjet ink used in the printing method of the present invention is a dispersion liquid in which a dye polymer is dispersed in a liquid containing water. In addition, the dye polymer is in the form of particles in the inkjet ink, and the preferable average particle diameter of the particulate dye polymer is the same as that described above.
 インクジェットインクにおける重合性化合物の含有率としては、上記インクジェットインク全量に対して、1~30質量%であることが好ましく、5~20質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the polymerizable compound in the inkjet ink is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 20% by mass with respect to the total amount of the inkjet ink.
 インクジェットインク中の重合開始剤の含有量としては、上記重合性化合物100質量部に対して、0.01~35質量部が好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~35質量部、さらに好ましくは0.5~35質量部の範囲で含有される。なお、重合開始剤の含有量は、重合開始剤の使用した総量を意味する。 The content of the polymerization initiator in the ink-jet ink is preferably 0.01 to 35 parts by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 35 parts by weight, and still more preferably 0.00 with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable compound. It is contained in the range of 5 to 35 parts by mass. In addition, content of a polymerization initiator means the total amount which the polymerization initiator used.
 なお、本発明は、染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含むインクジェットインクにも関するものである。上記インクジェットインクは捺染用であることが好ましい。 The present invention also relates to an inkjet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P), a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator. The inkjet ink is preferably used for textile printing.
 本発明で用いられるインクジェットインクは、好ましくは、水又は水性有機溶剤を更に含有する。また、必要に応じて、その他の着色剤、有機溶媒、界面活性剤、及び各種添加剤等の成分を含有していてもよい。
 本発明の染料ポリマーの水分散体を含有するインクジェットインクは、優れた耐光性を有しているので、繊維染色用途のみならず、紙媒体染色、プラスチック染色、塗料、塗膜、建材として用いることができる。
The ink-jet ink used in the present invention preferably further contains water or an aqueous organic solvent. Moreover, you may contain components, such as another coloring agent, an organic solvent, surfactant, and various additives as needed.
The ink-jet ink containing the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer of the present invention has excellent light resistance, so it can be used not only for fiber dyeing but also for paper media dyeing, plastic dyeing, paints, coatings, and building materials. Can do.
 本発明で用いられるインクジェットインクは、染料ポリマー(P)以外の他の着色剤(染料、顔料等)をさらに含んでもよい。他の着色剤を含む場合、染料ポリマー(P)の含有量は、染料ポリマー(P)を含めた着色剤の全質量に対して、50質量%以上が好ましく、80質量%以上がより好ましく、さらには100質量%、すなわち染料ポリマー(P)のみを含有することが好ましい。
 着色剤(染料ポリマー(P)、及びこれ以外の着色剤を含む)のインクジェットインク中の含有量としては、良好な染色濃度が得られ、インクジェットインクの保存安定性を考慮すると、インクジェットインクの全質量に対して、0.1~20質量%が好ましく、1~15質量%がより好ましく、3~12質量%がさらに好ましい。
The inkjet ink used in the present invention may further contain a colorant (dye, pigment, etc.) other than the dye polymer (P). When other colorants are included, the content of the dye polymer (P) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the colorant including the dye polymer (P). Furthermore, it is preferable to contain only 100% by mass, that is, only the dye polymer (P).
The content of the colorant (including the dye polymer (P) and other colorants) in the inkjet ink is such that a good dyeing concentration is obtained, and considering the storage stability of the inkjet ink, The amount is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 3 to 12% by mass based on the mass.
 インクジェットインク中の染料ポリマー(P)の含有量は、インクジェットインクの全質量に対して、0.1~20質量%が好ましく、1~15質量%がより好ましく、3~12質量%がさらに好ましい。
 インクジェットインク中の水の含有量は、40~90質量%であることが好ましく、50~85質量%であることがより好ましく、50~80質量%であることが更に好ましい。
 インクジェットインクの調製方法は特に限定されないが、たとえば、染料ポリマーの水分散体、重合性化合物、重合開始剤と、必要に応じて水若しくは水性有機溶剤又はその他の成分とを混合することで調製することができる。
The content of the dye polymer (P) in the inkjet ink is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, and even more preferably 3 to 12% by mass with respect to the total mass of the inkjet ink. .
The water content in the inkjet ink is preferably 40 to 90% by mass, more preferably 50 to 85% by mass, and still more preferably 50 to 80% by mass.
The method for preparing the ink-jet ink is not particularly limited. For example, the ink-jet ink is prepared by mixing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and water or an aqueous organic solvent or other components as necessary. be able to.
<有機溶媒>
 本発明で用いられるインクジェットインクが含有し得る有機溶媒の例としては、多価アルコール類(例えば、エチレングリコール、グリセリン、2-エチル-2-(ヒドロキシメチル)-1,3-プロパンジオール、テトラエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール、1,2,4-ブタントリオール、ジエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、ブチレングリコール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,2-ヘキサンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,2-ペンタンジオール、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、2-メチル-2,4-ペンタンジオール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、3-メチル-1,3-ブタンジオール、及び2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール等)、アミン類(例えば、エタノールアミン、及び2-(ジメチルアミノ)エタノール等)、一価アルコール類(例えばメタノール、エタノール、及びブタノール等)、多価アルコールのアルキルエーテル類(例えば、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、及びジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等)、2,2′-チオジエタノール、アミド類(例えばN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等)、スルホラン、ジメチルスルホキシド、3-スルホレン等の含硫黄化合物、複素環類(2-ピロリドン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、及びN-エチルモルホリン等)、及びアセトニトリル等が挙げられる。これらは単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明で用いられるインクジェットインクが含有し得る有機溶媒は、前述の水性有機溶剤であることが好ましい。
 インクジェットインク中の有機溶媒の含有量は、インクジェットインクの全質量に対して、1質量%~60質量%であることが好ましく、2質量%~50質量%であることがより好ましい。
<Organic solvent>
Examples of the organic solvent that can be contained in the inkjet ink used in the present invention include polyhydric alcohols (eg, ethylene glycol, glycerin, 2-ethyl-2- (hydroxymethyl) -1,3-propanediol, tetraethylene Glycol, triethylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, butylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,5-pentane Diol, 1,2-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol , 3-Methyl-1,3-butanedio And 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol), amines (eg, ethanolamine, 2- (dimethylamino) ethanol, etc.), monohydric alcohols (eg, methanol, ethanol, butanol, etc.), Alkyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols (for example, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, And dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether), 2,2′-thiodiethanol, amides (for example, N, N-di) Sulfurformamide, etc.), sulfolane, dimethyl sulfoxide, 3-sulfolene-containing sulfur compounds, heterocycles (2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and N- Ethyl morpholine) and acetonitrile. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The organic solvent that can be contained in the inkjet ink used in the present invention is preferably the aforementioned aqueous organic solvent.
The content of the organic solvent in the inkjet ink is preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass and more preferably 2% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the inkjet ink.
<界面活性剤>
 本発明で用いられるインクジェットインクは、保存安定性、吐出安定性、及び吐出精度などを高める観点から、各種界面活性剤をさらに用いることができる。界面活性剤としては、陽イオン性、陰イオン性、両性、及び非イオン性のいずれの界面活性剤も用いることができる。
<Surfactant>
The inkjet ink used in the present invention can further use various surfactants from the viewpoint of enhancing storage stability, ejection stability, ejection accuracy, and the like. As the surfactant, any of cationic, anionic, amphoteric and nonionic surfactants can be used.
 陽イオン性界面活性剤として、例えば、脂肪族アミン塩、脂肪族4級アンモニウム塩、ベンザルコニウム塩、塩化ベンゼトニウム、ピリジニウム塩、及びイミダゾリニウム塩等が挙げられる。 Examples of the cationic surfactant include aliphatic amine salts, aliphatic quaternary ammonium salts, benzalkonium salts, benzethonium chloride, pyridinium salts, and imidazolinium salts.
 陰イオン性界面活性剤として、例えば、脂肪酸石鹸、N-アシルグルタミン酸塩、アルキルスルホン酸塩、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩、アルキルスルホ酢酸塩、硫酸化油、高級アルコール硫酸エステル塩、及びアルキルリン酸エステル塩等が挙げられる。 Examples of the anionic surfactant include fatty acid soaps, N-acyl glutamates, alkyl sulfonates, alkyl benzene sulfonates, alkyl sulfoacetates, sulfated oils, higher alcohol sulfates, and alkyl phosphates. Etc.
 両性界面活性剤として、例えば、カルボキシベタイン型、スルホベタイン型、アミノカルボン酸塩、及びイミダゾリニウムベタイン等が挙げられる。また、N,N-ジメチル-N-アルキルアミンオキシドのようなアミンオキシド型も好適な例として挙げられる。 Examples of amphoteric surfactants include carboxybetaine type, sulfobetaine type, aminocarboxylate, and imidazolinium betaine. A suitable example is an amine oxide type such as N, N-dimethyl-N-alkylamine oxide.
 非イオン性界面活性剤として、例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンラノリン誘導体、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレングリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ポリエチレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、ポリグリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、及びアセチレングリコール等が挙げられる。また、アセチレン系ポリオキシエチレンオキシド界面活性剤であるサーフィノール(エアプロダクツ社製、商品名)も好適な例として挙げられる。
 その他、特開昭59-157,636号の第(37)~(38)頁、リサーチ・ディスクロージャーNo.308119(1989年)において界面活性剤として挙げられているものも用いることができる。
Nonionic surfactants include, for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene lanolin derivative, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene glycerin fatty acid ester, polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyglycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid Examples include esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and acetylene glycols. A suitable example is Surfynol (trade name, manufactured by Air Products) which is an acetylene-based polyoxyethylene oxide surfactant.
In addition, pages (37) to (38) of JP-A-59-157,636, Research Disclosure No. Those listed as surfactants in 308119 (1989) can also be used.
 これらの各界面活性剤を使用する場合、界面活性剤は1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。
 本発明で用いられるインクジェットインク中の界面活性剤の含有量は、インクジェットインクの全質量に対して、0.001質量%~5.0質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、かかる範囲でインクジェットインクの表面張力を任意に調整することが好ましい。
When each of these surfactants is used, one surfactant may be used alone, or two or more surfactants may be mixed and used.
The content of the surfactant in the inkjet ink used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the inkjet ink. It is preferable to arbitrarily adjust the surface tension.
<各種添加剤>
 本発明で用いられるインクジェットインクは、その他に従来公知の各種添加剤を含有していてもよい。添加剤として、例えば、酸塩基や緩衝液等のpH調整剤、蛍光増白剤、表面張力調整剤、消泡剤、乾燥防止剤、潤滑剤、増粘剤、紫外線吸収剤、退色防止剤、帯電防止剤、マット剤、酸化防止剤、比抵抗調整剤、防錆剤、無機顔料、還元防止剤、防腐剤、防黴剤、キレート剤、増感剤及び架橋剤等が挙げられる。
<Various additives>
The ink-jet ink used in the present invention may contain various other conventionally known additives. Examples of additives include pH adjusters such as acid bases and buffer solutions, fluorescent brighteners, surface tension adjusters, antifoaming agents, drying inhibitors, lubricants, thickeners, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-fading agents, Examples thereof include an antistatic agent, a matting agent, an antioxidant, a specific resistance adjusting agent, a rust preventive agent, an inorganic pigment, a reduction inhibitor, an antiseptic, an antifungal agent, a chelating agent, a sensitizer and a crosslinking agent.
(紫外線吸収剤)
 紫外線吸収剤として、特開昭58-185677号公報、特開昭61-190537号公報、特開平2-782号公報、特開平5-197075号公報、特開平9-34057号公報等に記載されたベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、特開昭46-2784号公報、特開平5-194483号公報、米国特許第3214463号明細書等に記載されたベンゾフェノン系化合物、特公昭48-30492号公報、特公昭56-21141号公報、特開平10-88106号公報等に記載された桂皮酸系化合物、特開平4-298503号公報、特開平8-53427号公報、特開平8-239368号公報、特開平10-182621号公報、特表平8-501291号公報等に記載されたトリアジン系化合物、リサーチ・ディスクロージャーNo.24239号に記載された化合物やスチルベン系、ベンズオキサゾール系化合物に代表される紫外線を吸収して蛍光を発する化合物、いわゆる蛍光増白剤も用いることができる。インクジェットインクが、紫外線吸収剤を含有することで、画像の保存性を向上させることができる。
(UV absorber)
As ultraviolet absorbers, they are described in JP-A-58-185777, JP-A-61-190537, JP-A-2-782, JP-A-5-97075, JP-A-9-34057, and the like. Benzotriazole compounds, benzophenone compounds described in JP-A-46-2784, JP-A-5-194443, US Pat. No. 3,214,463, etc., JP-B-48-30492, JP-B-56 -21141, JP-A-10-88106, etc., cinnamic acid compounds, JP-A-4-298503, JP-A-8-53427, JP-A-8-239368, JP-A-10- Triazine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 182621, Japanese National Publication No. Hei 8-501291, etc., Research Disclosure No. Compounds described in No. 24239, compounds that emit fluorescence by absorbing ultraviolet rays typified by stilbene-based and benzoxazole-based compounds, so-called fluorescent brighteners, can also be used. When the inkjet ink contains an ultraviolet absorber, image storability can be improved.
(退色防止剤)
 退色防止剤として、各種の有機系及び金属錯体系の退色防止剤を使用することができる。有機系の退色防止剤として、例えば、ハイドロキノン類、アルコキシフェノール類、ジアルコキシフェノール類、フェノール類、アニリン類、アミン類、インダン類、クロマン類、アルコキシアニリン類、及びヘテロ環類等が挙げられる。金属錯体として、例えば、ニッケル錯体、及び亜鉛錯体等が挙げられる。より具体的にはリサーチ・ディスクロージャーNo.17643の第VIIのI項及びJ項、同No.15162、同No.18716の650頁左欄、同No.36544の527頁、同No.307105の872頁、同No.15162に引用された特許に記載された化合物や特開昭62-215272号公報の127頁~137頁、及び米国特許第5356443号明細書に記載された代表的化合物の一般式及び化合物例に含まれる化合物を使用することができる。インクジェットインクが、退色防止剤を含有することで、画像の保存性を向上させることができる。
(Anti-fading agent)
As an anti-fading agent, various organic and metal complex anti-fading agents can be used. Examples of organic fading inhibitors include hydroquinones, alkoxyphenols, dialkoxyphenols, phenols, anilines, amines, indanes, chromans, alkoxyanilines, and heterocycles. Examples of the metal complex include a nickel complex and a zinc complex. More specifically, Research Disclosure No. No. 17643, VII, I and J, No. 15162, ibid. No. 18716, page 650, left column, ibid. No. 36544, page 527, ibid. No. 307105, page 872, ibid. Included in the general formulas and compound examples of the compounds described in the patent cited in US Pat. No. 15162, and representative compounds described in JP-A-62-215272, pages 127 to 137, and US Pat. No. 5,356,443. Can be used. When the ink-jet ink contains an anti-fading agent, image storability can be improved.
(防腐剤及び防黴剤)
 本発明で用いられるインクジェットインクは、インクの長期保存安定性を保つため、防腐剤及び防黴剤の少なくとも一方を含有していてもよい。インクジェットインクが、防腐剤や防黴剤を含有することで、長期での保存安定性を高めることができる。防腐剤及び防黴剤として、例えば、芳香族ハロゲン化合物(例えば、プリベントールCMK;ランクセス社製、商品名)、メチレンジチオシアナート、含ハロゲン窒素硫黄化合物、1,2-ベンズイソチアゾリン-3-オン(例えば、プロキセルGXL;アーチケミカルズ社製、商品名)、デヒドロ酢酸ナトリウム、安息香酸ナトリウム、ナトリウムピリジンチオン-1-オキシド、p-ヒドロキシ安息香酸エチルエステル、1,2-ベンズイソチアゾリン-3-オン、及びその塩等が挙げられる。
 防腐剤及び防黴剤は、一種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。インクジェットインクが防腐剤及び防黴剤を含有する場合、防腐剤及び防黴剤の含有量は、インクジェットインクの全質量に対して、0.02質量%~1.00質量%が好ましい。
(Preservatives and antifungal agents)
The ink-jet ink used in the present invention may contain at least one of a preservative and an antifungal agent in order to maintain long-term storage stability of the ink. When the ink-jet ink contains a preservative or an antifungal agent, long-term storage stability can be enhanced. Examples of antiseptics and antifungal agents include aromatic halogen compounds (for example, Priventol CMK; manufactured by LANXESS, trade name), methylene dithiocyanate, halogen-containing nitrogen-sulfur compounds, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one (For example, Proxel GXL; manufactured by Arch Chemicals, trade name), sodium dehydroacetate, sodium benzoate, sodium pyridinethion-1-oxide, ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one, And salts thereof.
A preservative and an antifungal agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the inkjet ink contains a preservative and an antifungal agent, the content of the antiseptic and the antifungal agent is preferably 0.02% by mass to 1.00% by mass with respect to the total mass of the inkjet ink.
(乾燥防止剤)
 乾燥防止剤としては、水より蒸気圧の低い水性有機溶剤を好適に用いることができる。インクジェットインクに乾燥防止剤が含有されることで、インクジェット記録用途に使用する場合、インクを吐出する吐出ヘッドのノズルの噴射口において、インクが乾燥することによる目詰まりを防止することができる。
 乾燥防止剤の具体的な例として、例えば、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、チオジグリコール、ジチオジグリコール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2,6-ヘキサントリオール、アセチレングリコール誘導体、グリセリン、及びトリメチロールプロパン等に代表される多価アルコール類、エチレングリコールモノメチル(又は、エチル)エーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチル(又は、エチル)エーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチル(又は、ブチル)エーテル等の多価アルコールの低級アルキルエーテル類、2-ピロリドン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、及びN-エチルモルホリン等の複素環類、スルホラン、ジメチルスルホキシド、及び3-スルホレン等の含硫黄化合物、ジアセトンアルコール、及びジエタノールアミン等の多官能化合物、並びに尿素誘導体が挙げられる。これらのうち、グリセリン、及びジエチレングリコール等の多価アルコールがより好ましい。
 また、乾燥防止剤は、一種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。上記のインクジェットインクが乾燥防止剤を含有する場合、乾燥防止剤の含有量は、インクジェットインクの全質量に対して、10質量%~50質量%が好ましい。
(Anti-drying agent)
As the drying inhibitor, an aqueous organic solvent having a vapor pressure lower than that of water can be suitably used. When the inkjet ink contains an anti-drying agent, clogging due to drying of the ink can be prevented at the ejection port of the nozzle of the ejection head that ejects the ink when used for inkjet recording.
Specific examples of the drying inhibitor include, for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, thiodiglycol, dithiodiglycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2,6-hexanetriol. , Acetylene glycol derivatives, glycerin, polyhydric alcohols typified by trimethylolpropane, ethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl (or butyl) Lower alkyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols such as ether, heterocycles such as 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and N-ethylmorpholine, Horan, dimethyl sulfoxide, and sulfur-containing compounds such as sulfolane, diacetone alcohol, and polyfunctional compounds such as diethanolamine, and urea derivatives. Of these, polyhydric alcohols such as glycerin and diethylene glycol are more preferred.
Moreover, a drying inhibitor may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the inkjet ink contains a drying inhibitor, the content of the drying inhibitor is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the inkjet ink.
(pH調整剤)
 pH調整剤として、例えば、有機塩基、及び無機アルカリ等の中和剤を用いることができる。インクジェットインクを記録に使用する場合、インクジェットインクにpH調整剤が含有されることで、インクジェットインクの保存安定性を向上させることができる。pH調整剤は、インクジェットインクのpHが5~12になるように添加することが好ましく、pHが5~9になるように添加することがより好ましい。
(PH adjuster)
As a pH adjuster, neutralizers, such as an organic base and an inorganic alkali, can be used, for example. When the inkjet ink is used for recording, the storage stability of the inkjet ink can be improved by containing a pH adjuster in the inkjet ink. The pH adjusting agent is preferably added so that the pH of the inkjet ink is 5 to 12, and more preferably added so that the pH is 5 to 9.
(表面張力調整剤及び消泡剤)
 表面張力調整剤としては、例えば、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、及びアニオン系界面活性剤等の各種界面活性剤が挙げられる。界面活性剤の好ましい例は、既述の界面活性剤の欄にて例示したものと同じである。
 消泡剤としては、フッ素系、及びシリコーン系化合物が好ましい。
(Surface tension modifier and antifoaming agent)
Examples of the surface tension adjusting agent include various surfactants such as nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, and anionic surfactants. Preferred examples of the surfactant are the same as those exemplified in the above-mentioned surfactant column.
As the antifoaming agent, fluorine-based and silicone-based compounds are preferable.
 本発明で用いられるインクジェットインクは、その表面張力を、20mN/m~70mN/mに調整することが好ましく、25mN/m~60mN/mに調整することがより好ましい。また、インクジェットインクの粘度は、40mPa・s以下に調整することが好ましく、30mPa・s以下に調整することがより好ましく、20mPa・s以下に調整することが特に好ましい。
 表面張力及び粘度は、種々の添加剤、例えば、粘度調整剤、表面張力調整剤、比抵抗調整剤、皮膜調整剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、退色防止剤、防黴剤、防錆剤、分散剤、及び界面活性剤等を添加することによって、調整することができる。
The ink jet ink used in the present invention is preferably adjusted to have a surface tension of 20 mN / m to 70 mN / m, and more preferably 25 mN / m to 60 mN / m. The viscosity of the inkjet ink is preferably adjusted to 40 mPa · s or less, more preferably adjusted to 30 mPa · s or less, and particularly preferably adjusted to 20 mPa · s or less.
Surface tension and viscosity are various additives such as viscosity modifiers, surface tension modifiers, specific resistance modifiers, film modifiers, UV absorbers, antioxidants, antifading agents, antifungal agents, and rust inhibitors. It can be adjusted by adding a dispersant, a surfactant and the like.
(キレート剤)
 キレート剤は、インクジェットインク中における沈殿物等の析出物の発生を防止する目的、また、保存安定性や目詰まり回復性を改良する目的で好適に使用される。インクジェットインクの着色剤として染料を用いると、インク中に含まれる金属(Ca、Mg、Si、及びFe等)が析出物の発生や目詰まり回復性の低下の原因となり得るため、金属イオンを一定量以下に管理する必要があることが知られている。また、銅錯体染料を用いた場合には、金属イオンの量を管理しても、遊離の銅イオンの量も管理しなければ、析出物の発生や目詰まり回復性の低下が認められることが知られている(特開2000-355665号、及び特開2005-126725号公報等参照)。
 キレート剤として、例えば、エチレンジアミンテトラ酢酸(EDTA)、ニトリロトリ酢酸、ヒドロオキシエチルエチレンジアミントリ酢酸、ウラミルジ酢酸、及びそれらの金属塩(例えば、ナトリウム塩)が挙げられる。
(Chelating agent)
The chelating agent is preferably used for the purpose of preventing the generation of precipitates such as precipitates in the ink-jet ink, and for the purpose of improving storage stability and clogging recovery. When dyes are used as colorants for inkjet inks, the metal ions (Ca, Mg, Si, Fe, etc.) contained in the ink can cause precipitation and reduce clogging recovery. It is known that it is necessary to manage below the amount. In addition, when a copper complex dye is used, even if the amount of metal ions is controlled, if the amount of free copper ions is not controlled, the occurrence of precipitates and a reduction in clogging recovery may be observed. It is known (see JP 2000-355665 A, JP 2005-126725 A, etc.).
Examples of the chelating agent include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), nitrilotriacetic acid, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, uramildiacetic acid, and metal salts thereof (for example, sodium salt).
(架橋剤)
 着色した基材の耐摩擦性や、着色した基材が布である場合の洗濯堅牢度を向上させる目的で、インクジェットインクは架橋剤を含有してもよい。架橋剤としては、ブロックイソシアネート架橋剤(例えば、メイカネートCX、同TP-10、同DM-35HC、SU-268Aなど、いずれも明成工業株式会社製、商品名)や、多官能エポキシ架橋剤(例えば、デナコールEX-313、同314、同322、411など、いずれもナガセケムテクス株式会社製、商品名)が挙げられる。
(Crosslinking agent)
The inkjet ink may contain a crosslinking agent for the purpose of improving the friction resistance of the colored substrate and the fastness to washing when the colored substrate is a cloth. Examples of the crosslinking agent include blocked isocyanate crosslinking agents (for example, Meikanate CX, TP-10, DM-35HC, SU-268A, etc., all manufactured by Meisei Kogyo Co., Ltd., trade names), and polyfunctional epoxy crosslinking agents (for example, , Denacor EX-313, 314, 322, 411, etc., all manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation, trade names).
〔印刷物の製造方法〕
 本発明は、上記工程(A)及び(B)を含む印刷物の製造方法にも関する。
 本発明の印刷物の製造方法は、更に上記工程(C)を含むことが好ましい。
[Method for producing printed matter]
The present invention also relates to a method for producing a printed material including the steps (A) and (B).
It is preferable that the method for producing a printed material of the present invention further includes the step (C).
<基材>
 本発明の印刷方法は、基材上に上記インクジェットインクを付与するものである。
 本発明の印刷方法に用いる基材としては、特に制限はないが、通常の非コート紙、コート紙などの紙類、種々の繊維種の布帛等の浸透性基材が挙げられる。また、本発明の印刷方法は上記インクジェットインクに含まれる重合性化合物が重合し、基材と染料ポリマー間のバインダーとして機能することから、上記重合性化合物と親和性の高い非浸透性基材を用いることも可能である。
 上記非浸透基材としては、公知の基材を制限なく使用することができ、合成樹脂、ゴム、樹脂コート紙、金属等が挙げられる。
 上記合成樹脂としては、公知の合成樹脂を制限なく使用することができるが、例えば、ポリ塩化ビニル;ポリスチレン;ポリウレタン;ポリエチレン、及び、ポリプロピレン等のポリオレフィン;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、及び、ポリブタジエンテレフタレート等のポリエステル;ナイロン等のポリアミド;並びに、アクリル樹脂、ポリカーボネート、及び、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエン-スチレン共重合体等や、ジアセテート、トリアセテート、ポリイミド、セロハン、及び、セルロイド等が挙げられる。
<Base material>
The printing method of this invention provides the said inkjet ink on a base material.
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular as a base material used for the printing method of this invention, Permeable base materials, such as normal papers, such as uncoated paper and a coated paper, and the cloth of various fiber types, are mentioned. In addition, since the polymerizable compound contained in the inkjet ink is polymerized and functions as a binder between the substrate and the dye polymer, the printing method of the present invention can form a non-permeable substrate having a high affinity with the polymerizable compound. It is also possible to use it.
As the non-penetrating substrate, a known substrate can be used without limitation, and examples thereof include synthetic resin, rubber, resin-coated paper, and metal.
As the synthetic resin, known synthetic resins can be used without limitation. For example, polyvinyl chloride; polystyrene; polyurethane; polyolefin such as polyethylene and polypropylene; polyester such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutadiene terephthalate; Polyamides such as nylon; acrylic resins, polycarbonates, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers, diacetates, triacetates, polyimides, cellophanes, celluloids, and the like.
 このように、本発明の印刷方法は、多様な基材に対して適用可能であるが、特に布帛を基材として使用した場合に好適である。 Thus, the printing method of the present invention can be applied to various base materials, but is particularly suitable when a fabric is used as the base material.
-布帛-
 本発明の印刷方法、及び着色布の製造方法を適用し得る布帛としては、以下のものがある。生地布帛(繊維種)としては、ナイロン、ポリエステル、アクリロニトリル等の合成繊維、アセテート、レーヨン等の半合成繊維、綿、絹、毛等の天然繊維、及びこれらの混合繊維、織物、編み物、不織布等が挙げられる。
 衣料品としては、Tシャツ、トレーナー、ジャージ、パンツ、スウェットスーツ、ワンピース、ブラウスなどが挙げられる。また、寝具、ハンカチなどにも好適である。
-Fabric-
Examples of the fabric to which the printing method and the colored fabric manufacturing method of the present invention can be applied include the following. Fabrics (fiber types) include synthetic fibers such as nylon, polyester and acrylonitrile, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate and rayon, natural fibers such as cotton, silk and wool, and mixed fibers, woven fabrics, knitted fabrics, non-woven fabrics, etc. Is mentioned.
Apparel includes T-shirts, trainers, jerseys, pants, sweatsuits, dresses, blouses and the like. It is also suitable for bedding and handkerchiefs.
 本発明の印刷方法、又は印刷物の製造方法で製造した印刷物は、ピニング性、発色性、耐摩擦性の何れの特性においても、優れた効果を奏するので、本発明の印刷方法、印刷物の製造方法、及びインクジェットインクには高い価値がある。 Since the printed matter produced by the printing method of the present invention or the printed matter production method has an excellent effect in any of the characteristics of pinning, color development, and friction resistance, the printing method of the present invention and the printed matter production method , And inkjet inks are of great value.
〔インクカートリッジ〕
 本発明は、上記本発明のインクジェットインク、すなわち、染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含むインクジェットインクを充填したインクカートリッジにも関する。
〔ink cartridge〕
The present invention also relates to an ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink of the present invention, that is, an inkjet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P), a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
〔印刷物〕
 本発明は、基材の少なくとも一部の表面に、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマーと、上記染料ポリマーとは異なるポリマーとを含む画像を有する印刷物にも関する。
 染料ポリマーとは異なるポリマーは、上記重合性化合物の重合物であることが好ましい。
[Printed matter]
The present invention also relates to a printed matter having an image including a dye polymer having a repeating unit including a structure derived from a dye and a polymer different from the dye polymer on at least a part of the surface of the substrate.
The polymer different from the dye polymer is preferably a polymer of the polymerizable compound.
〔着色布〕
 本発明は、布帛の少なくとも一部の表面に、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマーと、上記染料ポリマーとは異なるポリマーとを含む画像を有する着色布にも関する。
[Colored fabric]
The present invention also relates to a colored fabric having an image including a dye polymer having a repeating unit including a structure derived from a dye and a polymer different from the dye polymer on at least a part of the surface of the fabric.
(合成例1)
 〔染料ポリマー(Y-2-1)の合成〕
 例示化合物(Y-2-1)は以下のスキームにより合成した。
(Synthesis Example 1)
[Synthesis of Dye Polymer (Y-2-1)]
Exemplary compound (Y-2-1) was synthesized according to the following scheme.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 100mL三ツ口フラスコにN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)10mLを加え、内温を85℃に昇温した。上記NMPに、重合性モノマーであるYM-1(特許5315267号公報記載の方法で合成)9.0g、重合性モノマーであるメタクリル酸(MAA、和光純薬製)1.0g、V-601(和光純薬製、商品名)0.126g、及び1-ドデカンチオール(和光純薬製)0.443gを13.24gのNMPに溶解させた溶液を3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、85℃で1時間反応させて反応液Aを得た。その後、反応液Aに、V-601(0.098g)を添加し、さらに85℃で2時間反応させ、反応液Bを得た。反応液Bを室温まで放冷し、水500mLに注ぎ入れ、結晶を析出させ、ろ過により結晶をろ別した後に、ろ別した結晶を60℃の送風乾燥機で1日間乾燥させ、例示化合物(Y-2-1)の黄色粉末を得た。例示化合物(Y-2-1)の収量は9.8gであった。例示化合物(Y-2-1)のテトラヒドロフラン(THF)希薄溶液での紫外可視吸収スペクトルの吸収極大波長は441nmであった。また、例示化合物(Y-2-1)のゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)測定での重量平均分子量(Mw)は10,500(ポリスチレン換算)であった。 10 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added to a 100 mL three-necked flask, and the internal temperature was raised to 85 ° C. To the above NMP, 9.0 g of a polymerizable monomer YM-1 (synthesized by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 5315267), 1.0 g of a polymerizable monomer methacrylic acid (MAA, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries), V-601 ( A solution prepared by dissolving 0.126 g of Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. (trade name) and 0.443 g of 1-dodecanethiol (product of Wako Pure Chemical Industries) in 13.24 g of NMP was added dropwise over 3 hours. After completion of dropping, the reaction solution A was obtained by reacting at 85 ° C. for 1 hour. Thereafter, V-601 (0.098 g) was added to the reaction solution A, and the mixture was further reacted at 85 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain a reaction solution B. The reaction solution B is allowed to cool to room temperature, poured into 500 mL of water to precipitate crystals, and the crystals are separated by filtration. A yellow powder of Y-2-1) was obtained. The yield of exemplary compound (Y-2-1) was 9.8 g. The absorption maximum wavelength of the ultraviolet-visible absorption spectrum in a dilute solution of Exemplified Compound (Y-2-1) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) was 441 nm. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the exemplified compound (Y-2-1) as measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) was 10,500 (polystyrene conversion).
 他の染料ポリマーも上記合成例1に準じて合成した。 Other dye polymers were synthesized according to Synthesis Example 1 above.
(合成例2)
 〔両親媒性UV硬化樹脂(B1)の合成〕
(1)ポリエチレングリコール原子移動ラジカル重合(ATRP)マクロ開始剤の合成:
 20g(0.01モル)のポリ(エチレングリコール)モノメチルエーテル(数平均分子量2000)と2.0g(0.02モル)のトリエチルアミンとを、140mLの無水テトラヒドロフラン(THF)に溶解した。この溶液を氷冷槽中で少し冷却させ、8.6mL(0.07モル)の2-ブロモイソブチリルブロミドをゆっくりと加えた。次いで、この溶液を20℃まで加温し、24時間攪拌した。水にこの混合液を注いだ後、塩化メチレンを用いて抽出を行った。得られた抽出物を1モル/Lの塩酸水溶液及び1モル/Lの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を用いて順に洗浄した後、硫酸マグネシウム上で乾燥し、さらに減圧下で溶媒を除去した。得られた粗生成物を溶解可能な最少量の塩化メチレンに溶解し、ジエチルエーテルを添加して沈殿させ、沈殿物をろ過して白色の固形物を得た。
(2)ポリ(エチレングリコール)-ポリ(スチレン-co-アクリル酸)の合成:
 1.1モル当量のN,N,N’,N’,N”,N”-ペンタメチルジエチレントリアミンと1.1モル当量の臭化銅(I)と5モル当量のスチレンと5モル当量のアクリル酸とをTHFに溶解し、1モル当量のポリエチレングリコールATRPマクロ開始剤を加えた。これを、20℃で、アルゴンガスを利用して15~20分間脱気し、次いで60℃で8時間加熱した。これを、10%のメタノールを含むTHFに注いだ。析出したポリマーをシリカゲル上でろ過し、臭化銅を除去した。さらに、得られたポリマーを水に対して48時間透析し、凍結乾燥した。
(3)ポリ(エチレングリコール)-ポリ(スチレン-co-4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートグリシジルエーテル変性アクリル酸)の合成:
(Synthesis Example 2)
[Synthesis of Amphiphilic UV Curing Resin (B1)]
(1) Synthesis of polyethylene glycol atom transfer radical polymerization (ATRP) macroinitiator:
20 g (0.01 mol) of poly (ethylene glycol) monomethyl ether (number average molecular weight 2000) and 2.0 g (0.02 mol) of triethylamine were dissolved in 140 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (THF). The solution was allowed to cool slightly in an ice bath and 8.6 mL (0.07 mol) of 2-bromoisobutyryl bromide was added slowly. The solution was then warmed to 20 ° C. and stirred for 24 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with methylene chloride. The obtained extract was washed in turn with a 1 mol / L hydrochloric acid aqueous solution and a 1 mol / L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride capable of being dissolved, diethyl ether was added for precipitation, and the precipitate was filtered to obtain a white solid.
(2) Synthesis of poly (ethylene glycol) -poly (styrene-co-acrylic acid):
1.1 molar equivalents of N, N, N ′, N ′, N ″, N ″ -pentamethyldiethylenetriamine, 1.1 molar equivalents of copper (I) bromide, 5 molar equivalents of styrene and 5 molar equivalents of acrylic The acid was dissolved in THF and 1 molar equivalent of polyethylene glycol ATRP macroinitiator was added. This was degassed at 20 ° C. using argon gas for 15-20 minutes and then heated at 60 ° C. for 8 hours. This was poured into THF containing 10% methanol. The precipitated polymer was filtered on silica gel to remove copper bromide. Further, the obtained polymer was dialyzed against water for 48 hours and freeze-dried.
(3) Synthesis of poly (ethylene glycol) -poly (styrene-co-4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether-modified acrylic acid):
 11モル当量のポリ(エチレングリコール)-ポリ(スチレン-co-アクリル酸)をメチルエチルケトンに溶解した。この溶解液に5モル当量の4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートグリシジルエーテル(日本化成社(Nippon Kasei Chemical Co.,Ltd)製)を加えた。ここに、テトラブチルアンモニウムクロライドを5000ppm、かつ、ヒドロキノンモノメチルエーテルを2000ppm添加して、50℃で10時間反応させた。反応終了後、水洗して、エバポレータを用いてメチルエチルケトンを除去した。
 得られた合成物を、赤外分光光度計を用いて調べたところ、エポキシド基の特性吸収1250cm-1及び950~800cm-1の消失、並びにビニル基の特性吸収810cm-1の存在を確認した。すなわち、ポリ(エチレングリコール)-ポリ(スチレン-co-アクリル酸)から、ポリ(エチレングリコール)-ポリ(スチレン-co-4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートグリシジルエーテル変性アクリル酸)が合成されたことが確認できた。また、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)測定での重量平均分子量(Mw)は89,600(ポリスチレン換算)であった。
 なお、ポリ(エチレングリコール)-ポリ(スチレン-co-4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートグリシジルエーテル変性アクリル酸)は下記式で表される。
11 molar equivalents of poly (ethylene glycol) -poly (styrene-co-acrylic acid) were dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone. To this solution, 5 molar equivalents of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether (manufactured by Nippon Kasei Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added. To this, 5000 ppm of tetrabutylammonium chloride and 2000 ppm of hydroquinone monomethyl ether were added and reacted at 50 ° C. for 10 hours. After completion of the reaction, it was washed with water, and methyl ethyl ketone was removed using an evaporator.
The resulting composite was examined using an infrared spectrophotometer the disappearance of the characteristic absorption 1250 cm -1 and 950 ~ 800 cm -1 of epoxide groups, and confirmed the presence of characteristic absorption 810 cm -1 for vinyl group . In other words, it was confirmed that poly (ethylene glycol) -poly (styrene-co-4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether-modified acrylic acid) was synthesized from poly (ethylene glycol) -poly (styrene-co-acrylic acid). It was. Moreover, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement was 89,600 (polystyrene conversion).
Poly (ethylene glycol) -poly (styrene-co-4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether-modified acrylic acid) is represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(合成例3)
 重合性ポリマー(B2)〔ポリ(ベンジルメタクリレート-co-グリシジルメタクリレート変性メタクリル酸〕の合成:
(Synthesis Example 3)
Synthesis of polymerizable polymer (B2) [poly (benzyl methacrylate-co-glycidyl methacrylate-modified methacrylic acid):
 三ツ口フラスコにプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル75gを加え、窒素雰囲気下、内温を85℃まで上昇させた。ここへ別途調整したベンジルメタクリレート54g、メタクリル酸27.6g、及び重合開始剤V-601(和光純薬製、商品名)4.5gをプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル75gに溶解させた溶液を2時間かけて、内温を84~86℃に保ちながらゆっくりと滴下した。滴下終了後、内温85℃で1時間反応させた後に、V-601を1.5g追添した。内温85℃で1時間反応させた後に、100℃で120分反応させ、内温を90℃に調整した。ここへp-メトキシフェノール0.2g、次いでドデシルジメチルアミン1.5g、グリシジルメタクリレート19.2gを加え、90℃で6時間反応させた。得られた反応液を室温に冷却し、水を用いて再沈殿した。得られた合成物を、赤外分光光度計を用いて調べたところ、エポキシド基の特性吸収1250cm-1及び950~800cm-1の消失、並びにビニル基の特性吸収810cm-1の存在を確認した。すなわち、ポリ(ベンジルメタクリレート-co-グリシジルメタクリレート変性メタクリル酸が合成されたことが確認できた。また、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)測定での重量平均分子量(Mw)は43,600(ポリスチレン換算)であった。
 なお、重合性ポリマー(B2)〔ポリ(ベンジルメタクリレート-co-グリシジルメタクリレート変性メタクリル酸〕は下記式で表される。
To a three-necked flask, 75 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was added, and the internal temperature was raised to 85 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. A solution prepared by dissolving 54 g of benzyl methacrylate, 27.6 g of methacrylic acid, and 4.5 g of a polymerization initiator V-601 (trade name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) in 75 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was added over 2 hours. The solution was slowly added dropwise while maintaining the internal temperature at 84 to 86 ° C. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was reacted for 1 hour at an internal temperature of 85 ° C., and 1.5 g of V-601 was added. After reacting at an internal temperature of 85 ° C. for 1 hour, the reaction was carried out at 100 ° C. for 120 minutes to adjust the internal temperature to 90 ° C. To this was added 0.2 g of p-methoxyphenol, then 1.5 g of dodecyldimethylamine and 19.2 g of glycidyl methacrylate, and reacted at 90 ° C. for 6 hours. The resulting reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and reprecipitated using water. The resulting composite was examined using an infrared spectrophotometer the disappearance of the characteristic absorption 1250 cm -1 and 950 ~ 800 cm -1 of epoxide groups, and confirmed the presence of characteristic absorption 810 cm -1 for vinyl group . That is, it was confirmed that poly (benzyl methacrylate-co-glycidyl methacrylate-modified methacrylic acid was synthesized, and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) was 43,600 (polystyrene conversion). Met.
The polymerizable polymer (B2) [poly (benzyl methacrylate-co-glycidyl methacrylate-modified methacrylic acid)] is represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(実施例1)
 〔染料ポリマーの水分散体の調製〕
 例示化合物(Y-2-1)0.25g、ジルコニアビーズ(ニッカトー製、商品名YTZボール、直径0.1μm)10g、オレイン酸ナトリウム0.05g、グリセリン0.5g、及び超純水4.2gを加え、遊星型微粒粉砕機(フリッチュ製Pulverlsette7)を用いて、回転数400rpm(rotation per minute)で、10時間分散させた。得られた分散液から、ろ布を用いてジルコニアビーズを除き、染料ポリマー水分散体(1)を得た。
(Example 1)
(Preparation of aqueous dispersion of dye polymer)
0.25 g of exemplified compound (Y-2-1), 10 g of zirconia beads (product name: YTZ ball, diameter: 0.1 μm), 0.05 g of sodium oleate, 0.5 g of glycerin, and 4.2 g of ultrapure water Was added and dispersed for 10 hours at a rotation speed of 400 rpm (rotation per minute) using a planetary fine pulverizer (Pulverset 7 manufactured by Fritsch). From the obtained dispersion, zirconia beads were removed using a filter cloth to obtain a dye polymer aqueous dispersion (1).
 〔インクジェットインクの調製〕
 以下の成分を、20℃で混合し、15分間撹拌したのちに、メンブランフィルター(平均孔径0.8μm)でろ過して、インクジェットインク(A1)を調製した。
 染料ポリマー水分散体(1)                 30g
 両親媒性UV硬化性樹脂(B1)                6g
 重合開始剤IRGACURE TPO(BASF社製、商品名)  2g
 エチレングリコール                      6g
 界面活性剤BYK-349(ビックケミー社製、商品名)     2g
 超純水                           34g
[Preparation of inkjet ink]
The following components were mixed at 20 ° C., stirred for 15 minutes, and then filtered through a membrane filter (average pore size 0.8 μm) to prepare an inkjet ink (A1).
Dye polymer aqueous dispersion (1) 30g
Amphiphilic UV curable resin (B1) 6g
Polymerization initiator IRGACURE TPO (BASF, trade name) 2g
Ethylene glycol 6g
Surfactant BYK-349 (Bic Chemie, trade name) 2g
34g of ultrapure water
<工程(A):インクジェット印刷、工程(B):光照射>
 調製したインクジェットインク(A1)を、インクカートリッジに充填し、LEDを搭載できるように改造したインクジェットプリンタ(セイコーエプソン(株)製カラリオPX-045A、商品名)を用いて、ピニング(着弾後0.02秒後に100mJ/cm照射)を行う工程を含む方法で、基材としてのポリ塩化ビニルフィルム(IMAGin JT 5829 R、MACTAC社製)に印刷を行った。
<Process (A): Inkjet printing, Process (B): Light irradiation>
The prepared ink-jet ink (A1) was filled into an ink cartridge, and pinned using an ink-jet printer (Calario PX-045A, trade name, manufactured by Seiko Epson Corporation) remodeled so that the LED could be mounted. Printing was performed on a polyvinyl chloride film (IMAGin JT 5829 R, manufactured by MACTAC) as a base material by a method including a step of performing irradiation of 100 mJ / cm 2 after 02 seconds.
<工程(C):熱処理>
 上記得られた印刷物を20℃で24時間乾燥後、ヒートプレス(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、商品名:卓上自動平プレス機AF-54TEN型)を用いて、温度120℃、圧力0.20N/cm、時間60秒間の熱処理を行い、印刷物を得た。
<Step (C): Heat treatment>
The printed matter obtained above was dried at 20 ° C. for 24 hours, and then heat-pressed (trade name: tabletop automatic flat press machine AF-54TEN type, manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd.) at a temperature of 120 ° C. and a pressure of 0.20 N / A heat treatment was performed at cm 2 for 60 seconds to obtain a printed matter.
(実施例2)
 実施例1における基材を、ポリエステル布帛(ポリエステルトロピカル(帝人製)、色染社製、商品コードA02-01019)に変更した以外は実施例1と同様にして印刷物(着色布)を得た。
(Example 2)
A printed matter (colored fabric) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the base material in Example 1 was changed to a polyester fabric (polyester tropical (manufactured by Teijin), color dye company, product code A02-01019).
(実施例3)
 実施例1における基材を、コットン布帛(綿ブロードシル付、色染社製、商品コードA02-01002)に変更した以外は実施例1と同様にして印刷物(着色布)を得た。
(Example 3)
A printed matter (colored fabric) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the base material in Example 1 was changed to a cotton fabric (with cotton broad sill, manufactured by Color Dyeing Co., Ltd., product code A02-01002).
(実施例4)
 実施例1における基材を、ポリエステル65%コットン35%混紡(混紡ポリエステル65/綿35ブロード、色染社製、商品コードA02-01030)に、変更した以外は実施例1と同様にして印刷物(着色布)を得た。
Example 4
A printed material (Example 1) except that the base material in Example 1 was changed to a polyester 65% cotton 35% blend (mixed polyester 65 / cotton 35 broad, manufactured by Color Dye, product code A02-01030). A colored cloth) was obtained.
(実施例5)
 実施例1の染料ポリマーの種類を例示化合物(Y-1-3)に変更した以外は、実施例1と同様にして印刷物を得た。 
(Example 5)
A printed matter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the type of the dye polymer in Example 1 was changed to the exemplary compound (Y-1-3).
(実施例6)
 実施例1の染料ポリマーの種類を(Y-2-2)に変更した以外は、実施例1と同様にして印刷物を得た。
(Example 6)
A printed matter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the type of the dye polymer in Example 1 was changed to (Y-2-2).
(実施例7)
 実施例1の染料ポリマーの種類を例示化合物(B-2-2)に変更した以外は、実施例1と同様にして印刷物を得た。
(Example 7)
A printed matter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the type of the dye polymer in Example 1 was changed to the exemplary compound (B-2-2).
(実施例8)
 実施例1の両親媒性UV硬化性樹脂(B1)を、重合性ポリマー(B2)に変更した以外は同様にして印刷物を得た。
(Example 8)
A printed matter was obtained in the same manner except that the amphiphilic UV curable resin (B1) of Example 1 was changed to the polymerizable polymer (B2).
(実施例9)
 実施例1の両親媒性UV硬化性樹脂(B1)を水溶性多官能モノマーFAM-402(富士フイルム株式会社製、商品名)に変えた以外は同様にして印刷物を得た。
Example 9
A printed matter was obtained in the same manner except that the amphiphilic UV curable resin (B1) of Example 1 was changed to a water-soluble polyfunctional monomer FAM-402 (trade name, manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(実施例10)
 実施例1の両親媒性UV硬化性樹脂(B1)を水溶性2官能モノマーFAM-201(富士フイルム株式会社製、商品名)に変えた以外は同様にして印刷物を得た。
(Example 10)
A printed matter was obtained in the same manner except that the amphiphilic UV curable resin (B1) of Example 1 was changed to a water-soluble bifunctional monomer FAM-201 (trade name, manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(実施例11)
 実施例1の両親媒性UV硬化性樹脂(B1)を水溶性単多官能モノマーFAM-101(富士フイルム株式会社製、商品名)に変えた以外は同様にして印刷物を得た。
(Example 11)
A printed matter was obtained in the same manner except that the amphiphilic UV curable resin (B1) of Example 1 was replaced with a water-soluble monopolyfunctional monomer FAM-101 (trade name, manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(実施例12)
 実施例1の染料ポリマー(Y-2-1)の分散時間を10時間から30分に変えた以外は同様にして、着色布を得た。得られた着色布には、僅かに印画画像欠陥が観測された。
(Example 12)
A colored fabric was obtained in the same manner except that the dispersion time of the dye polymer (Y-2-1) of Example 1 was changed from 10 hours to 30 minutes. A slight print image defect was observed in the obtained colored fabric.
(比較例1)
 20gのポリ(エチレングリコール)-ポリ(スチレン-co-4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートグリシジルエーテル変性アクリル酸)と、4gの重合開始剤IRGACURE TPO(BASF社製、商品名)と、顔料固形分として5gのSicotan Yellow L 1912(エボニックデグザ社製)を添加し、水20gに加え、40℃に加温して混合した。混合後、容器を氷冷しながら、ホモジナイザーS-250D(BRANSON社製)を用い、周波数19.9kHzで1時間超音波混合した。超音波混合後、ここに、51gの水を徐々に添加して、上記光重合開始剤及び上記顔料を内包した両親媒性ブロックポリマーの乳化物、すなわち光重合性ポリマーミセル液を調製した。調製した光重合性ポリマーミセル液を以下の成分と混合し、インクジェットインク(R1)を調製した。
(Comparative Example 1)
20 g of poly (ethylene glycol) -poly (styrene-co-4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether-modified acrylic acid), 4 g of polymerization initiator IRGACURE TPO (trade name, manufactured by BASF), and 5 g of pigment solid content Silicone Yellow L 1912 (manufactured by Evonik Degussa) was added, added to 20 g of water, heated to 40 ° C. and mixed. After mixing, the mixture was subjected to ultrasonic mixing for 1 hour at a frequency of 19.9 kHz using a homogenizer S-250D (manufactured by BRANSON) while cooling the vessel with ice. After ultrasonic mixing, 51 g of water was gradually added thereto to prepare an amphiphilic block polymer emulsion containing the photopolymerization initiator and the pigment, that is, a photopolymerizable polymer micelle solution. The prepared photopolymerizable polymer micelle solution was mixed with the following components to prepare an inkjet ink (R1).
 光重合性ポリマーミセル液                 50g
 プロピレングリコール                    6g
 1,2-ヘキサンジオール                  3g
 界面活性剤BYK-349(ビックケミー社製、商品名)    2g
 トリプロパノールアミン                 0.5g
 超純水                        38.5g
50 g of photopolymerizable polymer micelle solution
Propylene glycol 6g
1,2-hexanediol 3g
Surfactant BYK-349 (Bic Chemie, trade name) 2g
Tripropanolamine 0.5g
38.5g of ultrapure water
 実施例1のインクジェットインク(A1)をインクジェットインク(R1)に変更した以外は実施例1と同様にして、工程(A)、(B)、及び(C)を行い、印刷を行った。 Printing was performed by performing steps (A), (B), and (C) in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the inkjet ink (A1) in Example 1 was changed to inkjet ink (R1).
 実施例及び比較例の印刷物を以下のようにして評価した。
 ・ピニング性:
  A:凝集ムラがない、B:凝集ムラがある、C:ピニングできていない(ドットがにじむなど)
 ・発色性: 反射濃度を分光測色計Xrite939(エックスライト社製、商品名)を用い、視野角2°、測定範囲4mmΦ、A光源の条件で測定した際のVisual Density(可視濃度)値として測定し、以下のようにして評価した。
 A:反射濃度が1.2以上、B:反射濃度が1.0以上1.2未満、C:反射濃度が1.0未満
 ・耐摩擦性:日本工業規格(JIS) L0849:2013、摩擦に対する染色堅ろう度試験方法(摩擦試験機II形(学振形)法)
 なお耐摩擦性の評価は級数で評価した。級数が高い方が耐摩擦性に優れていることを表す。
The printed materials of Examples and Comparative Examples were evaluated as follows.
・ Pinning property:
A: No aggregation unevenness, B: Aggregation unevenness, C: No pinning (dots blur)
Color development: Visual Density (visible density) value when the reflection density was measured using a spectrocolorimeter Xrite939 (trade name, manufactured by X-Rite) under the conditions of a viewing angle of 2 °, a measuring range of 4 mmΦ, and an A light source. Measurements were made and evaluated as follows.
A: Reflection density is 1.2 or more, B: Reflection density is 1.0 or more and less than 1.2, C: Reflection density is less than 1.0 ・ Friction resistance: Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) L0849: 2013, against friction Dye fastness test method (Friction tester type II (Gakushin type) method)
In addition, evaluation of friction resistance was evaluated by a series. The higher the series, the better the friction resistance.
 なお、下記表1に示す染料ポリマーの平均粒子径は、調製した各染料ポリマーの水分散体における平均粒子径の測定値を示す。 In addition, the average particle diameter of the dye polymer shown in Table 1 below indicates a measured value of the average particle diameter in the aqueous dispersion of each prepared dye polymer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
 上記の結果から明らかなように、本発明の実施例による印刷方法により、ピニング性、発色性、耐摩擦性に優れた印刷物を与えることが明らかである。 As is apparent from the above results, it is clear that the printing method according to the embodiment of the present invention gives a printed matter excellent in pinning property, color development property, and abrasion resistance.
 また印刷物が着色布である場合、着色布の評価を以下の方法で実施した。
 なお着色布の評価は以下により実施した級数である。級数が高い方が着色堅牢性に優れていることを表す。
 ・耐洗濯性:日本工業規格(JIS)L0844:2011、洗濯に対する染色堅ろう度試験方法(A-2号試験)
 ・耐汗性:JIS L0848:2004、汗に対する染色堅ろう度試験方法(酸性、及びアルカリ性)
 ・耐摩擦性:JIS L0849:2013、摩擦に対する染色堅ろう度試験方法(摩擦試験機II形(学振形)法)
 ・耐ドライクリーニング性:JIS 0860:2008、ドライクリーニングに対する染色堅ろう度試験方法(A-2号試験)
When the printed material was a colored cloth, the colored cloth was evaluated by the following method.
The evaluation of the colored fabric is a series performed as follows. The higher the series, the better the color fastness.
Washing resistance: Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) L0844: 2011, Dye fastness test method for washing (A-2 test)
-Sweat resistance: JIS L0848: 2004, Dye fastness test method for sweat (acidic and alkaline)
-Friction resistance: JIS L0849: 2013, Dye fastness test method for friction (Friction tester type II (Gakushin type) method)
-Dry cleaning resistance: JIS 0860: 2008, Dye fastness test method for dry cleaning (A-2 test)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033

 
 上記結果から明らかなように、本発明の実施例による印刷方法により、優れた画像堅牢性を有する着色布を与えることがわかる。 As is apparent from the above results, it can be seen that the printing method according to the embodiment of the present invention gives a colored cloth having excellent image fastness.
 本発明によれば、ピニング性、発色性、及び耐摩擦性に優れた、印刷方法、及び印刷物の製造方法を提供することができる。また、本発明によれば、ピニング性、発色性、及び耐摩擦性に優れた印刷物を提供することができるインクジェットインク、インクジェットインクを充填したインクカートリッジ、印刷物、及び着色布を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a printing method and a printed matter manufacturing method that are excellent in pinning property, coloring property, and friction resistance. Moreover, according to this invention, the inkjet ink which can provide the printed matter excellent in pinning property, coloring property, and abrasion resistance, the ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink, printed matter, and a colored cloth can be provided. .
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2016年8月31日出願の日本特許出願(特願2016-170037)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
 
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on August 31, 2016 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-170037), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (14)

  1.  下記工程(A)及び(B)を含む印刷方法。
     工程(A):基材に、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含むインクジェットインクをインクジェット法で付与する工程
     工程(B):光照射工程
    A printing method comprising the following steps (A) and (B).
    Step (A): A step of applying an ink jet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P) having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator to the substrate by an ink jet method. (B): Light irradiation process
  2.  更に、工程(C)熱処理工程を含む請求項1に記載の印刷方法。 Furthermore, the printing method of Claim 1 including a process (C) heat processing process.
  3.  前記基材が布帛である請求項1又は2に記載の印刷方法。 The printing method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the substrate is a fabric.
  4.  前記工程(C)の熱処理の温度が50℃以上250℃未満である請求項2に記載の印刷方法。 The printing method according to claim 2, wherein the temperature of the heat treatment in the step (C) is 50 ° C or higher and lower than 250 ° C.
  5.  前記水分散体における前記染料ポリマー(P)が粒子状の染料ポリマーであり、前記粒子状の染料ポリマーの平均粒子径が、50~500nmである請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の印刷方法。 The dye polymer (P) in the aqueous dispersion is a particulate dye polymer, and the average particle diameter of the particulate dye polymer is 50 to 500 nm. Printing method.
  6.  前記染料ポリマー(P)の重量平均分子量が3,000~200,000である請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の印刷方法。 The printing method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the dye polymer (P) has a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 to 200,000.
  7.  前記重合性化合物の含有量が、前記インクジェットインク全量に対して、1~30質量%である請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の印刷方法。 The printing method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the content of the polymerizable compound is 1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total amount of the inkjet ink.
  8.  下記工程(A)及び(B)を含む印刷物の製造方法。
     工程(A):布帛に、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含むインクジェットインクをインクジェット法で付与する工程
     工程(B):光照射工程
    The manufacturing method of printed matter including the following process (A) and (B).
    Step (A): A step of applying an ink jet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P) having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator to the fabric by an ink jet method. B): Light irradiation process
  9.  更に、工程(C)熱処理工程を含む請求項8に記載の印刷物の製造方法。 Furthermore, the manufacturing method of the printed matter of Claim 8 including a process (C) heat processing process.
  10.  染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマー(P)の水分散体、重合性化合物、及び重合開始剤を含むインクジェットインク。 An inkjet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer (P) having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
  11.  捺染用である、請求項10に記載のインクジェットインク。 The inkjet ink according to claim 10, which is used for textile printing.
  12.  請求項10又は11に記載のインクジェットインクを充填したインクカートリッジ。 An ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink according to claim 10 or 11.
  13.  基材の少なくとも一部の表面に、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマーと、前記染料ポリマーとは異なるポリマーとを含む画像を有する印刷物。 Printed matter having an image including a dye polymer having a repeating unit including a structure derived from a dye and a polymer different from the dye polymer on at least a part of the surface of the substrate.
  14.  布帛の少なくとも一部の表面に、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する染料ポリマーと、前記染料ポリマーとは異なるポリマーとを含む画像を有する着色布。 A colored cloth having an image including a dye polymer having a repeating unit including a structure derived from a dye and a polymer different from the dye polymer on at least a part of the surface of the cloth.
PCT/JP2017/030768 2016-08-31 2017-08-28 Printing method, inkjet ink and colored fabric WO2018043416A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018537264A JPWO2018043416A1 (en) 2016-08-31 2017-08-28 Printing method, inkjet ink and colored cloth

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-170037 2016-08-31
JP2016170037 2016-08-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018043416A1 true WO2018043416A1 (en) 2018-03-08

Family

ID=61300728

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/030768 WO2018043416A1 (en) 2016-08-31 2017-08-28 Printing method, inkjet ink and colored fabric

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2018043416A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2018043416A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220127481A1 (en) * 2020-10-27 2022-04-28 Harbin Institute Of Technology, Shenzhen Aqueous fluorescent ink and preparation method and use thereof

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6162846A (en) * 1994-12-12 2000-12-19 Scitex Digital Printing, Inc. Waterfast dyes for making ink jet permanent inks
JP2002020663A (en) * 2000-07-07 2002-01-23 Upepo & Maji Inc Novel ink composition
US6447553B1 (en) * 2000-10-24 2002-09-10 Sigma Technologies International, Inc. Vacuum-deposited colorants
JP2004534106A (en) * 2001-03-12 2004-11-11 アグフア−ゲヴエルト,ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Ink for ink jet
JP2011074270A (en) * 2009-09-30 2011-04-14 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and pigment compound and tautomer thereof
WO2014126167A1 (en) * 2013-02-15 2014-08-21 和光純薬工業株式会社 Colored composition

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6162846A (en) * 1994-12-12 2000-12-19 Scitex Digital Printing, Inc. Waterfast dyes for making ink jet permanent inks
JP2002020663A (en) * 2000-07-07 2002-01-23 Upepo & Maji Inc Novel ink composition
US6447553B1 (en) * 2000-10-24 2002-09-10 Sigma Technologies International, Inc. Vacuum-deposited colorants
JP2004534106A (en) * 2001-03-12 2004-11-11 アグフア−ゲヴエルト,ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Ink for ink jet
JP2011074270A (en) * 2009-09-30 2011-04-14 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and pigment compound and tautomer thereof
WO2014126167A1 (en) * 2013-02-15 2014-08-21 和光純薬工業株式会社 Colored composition

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220127481A1 (en) * 2020-10-27 2022-04-28 Harbin Institute Of Technology, Shenzhen Aqueous fluorescent ink and preparation method and use thereof
US11873412B2 (en) * 2020-10-27 2024-01-16 Harbin Institute Of Technology, Shenzhen Aqueous fluorescent ink and preparation method and use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2018043416A1 (en) 2019-08-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5680353B2 (en) Aqueous ink composition, inkjet recording method, and inkjet print
JP5538964B2 (en) Ink composition, ink set, and image forming method using the same
WO2018043414A1 (en) Inkjet textile printing method, method for producing colored fabric, and colored fabric
WO2017131107A1 (en) Inkjet printing method, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and colored fabric
WO2014041940A1 (en) Curable composition and image-forming method
JP2009299005A (en) Pigment composition, water-based pigment dispersion, method of producing water-based pigment dispersion, water-based ink for inkjet recording, and polymer compound
JP6567161B2 (en) Aqueous curable composition and water-soluble photopolymerization initiator
WO2018043415A1 (en) Inkjet textile printing method, method for producing colored fabric, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and colored fabric
JP2019194368A (en) Inkjet printing method, method for producing colored cloth, and colored cloth
WO2017146071A1 (en) Inkjet textile printing method, coloring composition, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and dye polymer
JP4116890B2 (en) Ink for inkjet recording and image forming method
JP5579887B2 (en) Ink composition, image forming method and printed matter
JP6775018B2 (en) Inkjet printing methods, coloring compositions, inkjet inks, ink cartridges, and dye polymers
JP2018035273A (en) Inkjet printing method, manufacturing method of colored fabric, inkjet ink, ink cartridge and colored fabric
JP2011056800A (en) Ink set and image forming method
JP2011105865A (en) Ink set and image-forming method
WO2014030473A1 (en) Ink composition, image forming method, printed matter, and graft copolymer
WO2018043416A1 (en) Printing method, inkjet ink and colored fabric
JP2003221529A (en) Ink composition and method for forming image
JP6775017B2 (en) Inkjet printing methods, coloring compositions, inkjet inks, ink cartridges, and dye polymers
JP2014062050A (en) Polyvalent functional maleimide-based polymerizable compound, and curable composition and ink composition containing the same
WO2018155597A1 (en) Inkjet textile printing method, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and colored fabric
JP2018035467A (en) Inkjet printing method, manufacturing method of colored fabric, inkjet ink, ink cartridge and colored fabric
WO2018155454A1 (en) Inkjet textile printing method, coloring composition, inkjet ink, inkjet ink cartridge, polymer, and colored fabric
WO2018155599A1 (en) Inkjet textile printing method, coloring composition, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, polymer, compound, and colored fabric

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17846421

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018537264

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17846421

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1